gas: blackfin: docs: typo fixes and fill out directive info
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
7c31ae13 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 11@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
42@ifset Blackfin
43@set Blackfin
44@end ifset
252b5132
RH
45@ifset BOUT
46@set aout-bout
47@end ifset
48@ifset H8/300
49@set H8
50@end ifset
252b5132
RH
51@ifset SH
52@set H8
53@end ifset
54@ifset HPPA
55@set abnormal-separator
56@end ifset
57@c ------------
58@ifset GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS}
60@end ifset
61@ifclear GENERIC
62@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
63@end ifclear
64@setchapternewpage odd
65@c %**end of header
66
67@c @smallbook
68@c @set SMALL
69@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
70@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
71@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
72@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
75@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
76@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
77@c break.
01642c12 78@c
252b5132
RH
79@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
80@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
81@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
82@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 83@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
84@ifinfo
85@set SMALL
86@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
87@c might as well show 'em anyways.
88@end ifinfo
89
9160ea82
AM
90@ifnottex
91@dircategory Software development
92@direntry
252b5132 93* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 94* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
95@end direntry
96@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
97
98@finalout
99@syncodeindex ky cp
100
0e9517a9 101@copying
252b5132
RH
102This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
103
0285c67d 104@c man begin COPYRIGHT
9fbcbd81 105Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1062000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
107Inc.
252b5132 108
0285c67d 109Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 110under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
111or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
112with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
113Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 114section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
115
116@c man end
0e9517a9 117@end copying
252b5132
RH
118
119@titlepage
120@title Using @value{AS}
121@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
122@ifclear GENERIC
123@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
124@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
125@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
126@sp 1
127@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
128@end ifset
252b5132
RH
129@sp 1
130@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
131@sp 1
132@sp 13
b45619c0 133The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 134Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 135first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
136The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
137distracting the boss while they got some work
138done.
139@sp 3
140@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
141@page
142@tex
143{\parskip=0pt
144\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
145\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
146}
147%"boxit" macro for figures:
148%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
149\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
150 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
151#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
152\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
153@end tex
154
155@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
9fbcbd81 156Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1572000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
158Inc.
252b5132 159
cf055d54 160 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 161 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
162 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
163 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
164 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 165 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 166
252b5132 167@end titlepage
4ecceb71 168@contents
252b5132 169
2e64b665 170@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
171@node Top
172@top Using @value{AS}
173
e49e529d
JM
174This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
175@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
176@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
177@end ifset
178version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 179@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 180This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
181code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
182@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
183
184This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
185Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 186section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 187
252b5132
RH
188@menu
189* Overview:: Overview
190* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
191* Syntax:: Syntax
192* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
193* Symbols:: Symbols
194* Expressions:: Expressions
195* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
196@ifset ELF
197* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
198@end ifset
252b5132
RH
199* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
200* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
201* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 202* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 203* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 204@end menu
2e64b665 205@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
206
207@node Overview
208@chapter Overview
209@iftex
a4fb0134 210This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 211@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 212This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
213code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
214@end ifclear
215@end iftex
216
217@cindex invocation summary
218@cindex option summary
219@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 220Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 221see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 222
0285c67d
NC
223@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
224
a4fb0134 225@ignore
0285c67d
NC
226@c man begin SEEALSO
227gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
228@c man end
a4fb0134 229@end ignore
0285c67d 230
252b5132
RH
231@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
232@c to be limited to one line for the header.
233@smallexample
0285c67d 234@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 235@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 236 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 237 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
238 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
239 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
240 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
241 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
242 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
243 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
244 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79
MM
245 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
246 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
247 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
248@c
249@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 250@c Add an empty line for separation.
625e1353
RH
251@ifset ALPHA
252
253@emph{Target Alpha options:}
254 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
255 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 256 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
257 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
258 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
259@end ifset
252b5132 260@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
261
262@emph{Target ARC options:}
263 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
264 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
265@end ifset
266@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
267
268@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 269@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
270 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
271 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
272 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
273 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 274 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 275 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
276 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
277 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
278 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 279 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 280@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
281@ifset Blackfin
282
283@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
284 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
285 [@b{-mfdpic}]
286 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
287 [@b{-mnopic}]
288@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
289@ifset CRIS
290
291@emph{Target CRIS options:}
292 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
293 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
294 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 295 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
296@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
297@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
298@end ifset
252b5132 299@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
300
301@emph{Target D10V options:}
302 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
303@end ifset
304@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
305
306@emph{Target D30V options:}
307 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132
RH
308@end ifset
309@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
310
311@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
312 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
313@end ifset
314@ifset HPPA
315@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
316@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
317@ifset I80386
318
319@emph{Target i386 options:}
351f65ca 320 [@b{--32}|@b{--n32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 321 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
322@end ifset
323@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
324
325@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 326@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
327 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
328 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
329 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 330@end ifset
587fe2b3 331@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 332
9e32ca89
NC
333@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
334 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
335 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
336 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 337 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 338 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 339 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
340 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
341@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
342@ifset IP2K
343
344@emph{Target IP2K options:}
345 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
346@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
347@ifset M32C
348
349@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 350 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 351@end ifset
587fe2b3 352@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 353
a4fb0134
SC
354@emph{Target M32R options:}
355 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 356 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 357@end ifset
252b5132 358@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
359
360@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
361 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 362@end ifset
60bcf0fa 363@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
364
365@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
d01030e6 366 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
2f904664
SC
367 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
368 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 369 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
370 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
371 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
372@end ifset
373@ifset MCORE
374
375@emph{Target MCORE options:}
376 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
377 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 378@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
379@ifset MICROBLAZE
380@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
381@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
382@end ifset
252b5132 383@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
384
385@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 386 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 387 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 388 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
389 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
390 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 391 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 392 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
393 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
394 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 395 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
e16bfa71 396 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 397 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 398 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 399 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 400 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 401 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
2babba43
MR
402 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
403 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
404 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 405 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 406 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
407@end ifset
408@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
409
410@emph{Target MMIX options:}
411 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
412 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
413 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 414 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
415@end ifset
416@ifset PDP11
417
418@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
419 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
420 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 421 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
422@end ifset
423@ifset PJ
424
425@emph{Target picoJava options:}
426 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
427@end ifset
428@ifset PPC
429
430@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
431 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
432 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
433 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
434 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|
435 @b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
436 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpw7}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
437 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}]
a4fb0134 438 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
439 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
440 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 441 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 442 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 443@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
444@ifset RX
445
446@emph{Target RX options:}
447 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
448 [@b{-m32bit-ints}|@b{-m16bit-ints}]
449 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
450@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
451@ifset S390
452
453@emph{Target s390 options:}
454 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
455 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
456 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
457@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
458@ifset SCORE
459
460@emph{Target SCORE options:}
461 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
462 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
463 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
464 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
465@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
466@ifset SPARC
467
468@emph{Target SPARC options:}
469@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
470 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
471 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
472 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
473 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
474@end ifset
475@ifset TIC54X
476
477@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 478 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
479 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
480@end ifset
3c9b82ba 481
40b36596
JM
482@ifset TIC6X
483
484@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
485 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
486 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
487 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596
JM
488@end ifset
489
2d8b84ae
SA
490@ifset XTENSA
491
492@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
493 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
494 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
495 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
496 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
497@end ifset
498
3c9b82ba
NC
499@ifset Z80
500
501@emph{Target Z80 options:}
502 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
503 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
504 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
505 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
506 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
507 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
508 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
509@end ifset
510
a4fb0134
SC
511@ifset Z8000
512@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 513@end ifset
e0001a05 514
0285c67d 515@c man end
252b5132
RH
516@end smallexample
517
0285c67d
NC
518@c man begin OPTIONS
519
a4fb0134 520@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 521@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 522
83f10cb2 523@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
524Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
525
a4fb0134 526@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
527@item -ac
528omit false conditionals
529
530@item -ad
531omit debugging directives
532
83f10cb2
NC
533@item -ag
534include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
535
252b5132
RH
536@item -ah
537include high-level source
538
539@item -al
540include assembly
541
542@item -am
543include macro expansions
544
545@item -an
546omit forms processing
547
548@item -as
549include symbols
550
551@item =file
552set the name of the listing file
553@end table
554
555You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
556listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
557the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
558
caa32fe5 559@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
560Begin in alternate macro mode.
561@ifclear man
562@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
563@end ifclear
caa32fe5 564
955974c6
CC
565@item --compress-debug-sections
566Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
567to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
568compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
569
570@item --nocompress-debug-sections
571Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
572
252b5132
RH
573@item -D
574Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
575other assemblers.
576
3d6b762c
JM
577@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
578When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
579information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
580
252b5132
RH
581@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
582Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
583@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
584indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
585value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
586use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
587
588@item -f
589``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
590compiler output).
591
329e276d
NC
592@item -g
593@itemx --gen-debug
594Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
595debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
596ECOFF or DWARF2.
597
252b5132
RH
598@item --gstabs
599Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
600may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
601
05da4302
NC
602@item --gstabs+
603Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
604extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
605debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
606may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
607the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
608
329e276d 609@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 610Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 611may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 612option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 613
252b5132
RH
614@item --help
615Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
616
ea20a7da
CC
617@item --target-help
618Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
619
252b5132
RH
620@item -I @var{dir}
621Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
622
623@item -J
624Don't warn about signed overflow.
625
626@item -K
627@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
628This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
629@end ifclear
630@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
631Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
632@end ifset
633
634@item -L
635@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
636Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
637system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
638or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
639@ifclear man
640@xref{Symbol Names}.
641@end ifclear
252b5132 642
c3a27914
NC
643@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
644Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
645listing to @var{number}.
646
647@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
648Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
649lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
650
651@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
652Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
653@var{number} bytes.
654
655@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
656Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
657to @var{number} + 1.
658
252b5132 659@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 660Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
661
662@item -R
663Fold the data section into the text section.
664
4bdd3565
NC
665@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
666Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
667@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
668assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
669memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
670requirements at the expense of speed.
671
672@item --reduce-memory-overheads
673This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
674assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
675@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
676
252b5132
RH
677@item --statistics
678Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
679assembly.
680
681@item --strip-local-absolute
682Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
683
684@item -v
685@itemx -version
a4fb0134 686Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
687
688@item --version
a4fb0134 689Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
690
691@item -W
2bdd6cf5 692@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
693Suppress warning messages.
694
2bdd6cf5
GK
695@item --fatal-warnings
696Treat warnings as errors.
697
698@item --warn
699Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
700
252b5132
RH
701@item -w
702Ignored.
703
704@item -x
705Ignored.
706
707@item -Z
708Generate an object file even after errors.
709
710@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
711Standard input, or source files to assemble.
712
713@end table
2a633939
JM
714@c man end
715
716@ifset ALPHA
717
718@ifclear man
719@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
720for an Alpha processor.
721@end ifclear
722
723@ifset man
724@c man begin OPTIONS
725The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
726processor.
727@c man end
728@c man begin INCLUDE
729@include c-alpha.texi
730@c ended inside the included file
731@end ifset
732
733@end ifset
252b5132 734
2a633939 735@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
736@ifset ARC
737The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
738an ARC processor.
739
a4fb0134 740@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
741@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
742This option selects the core processor variant.
743@item -EB | -EL
744Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
745@end table
746@end ifset
747
748@ifset ARM
749The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
750processor family.
751
a4fb0134 752@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 753@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 754Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 755@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 756Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 757@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 758Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
759@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
760Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
761@item -mthumb
762Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 763@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
764Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
765@item -EB | -EL
766Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
767@item -mthumb-interwork
768Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
769ARM code in mind.
770@item -k
771Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
772@end table
773@end ifset
635fb38d 774@c man end
252b5132 775
9982501a 776@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
777
778@ifclear man
779@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
780configured for the Blackfin processor family.
781@end ifclear
782
783@ifset man
784@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
785The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
786the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
787@c man end
788@c man begin INCLUDE
789@include c-bfin.texi
790@c ended inside the included file
791@end ifset
9982501a 792
9982501a
JZ
793@end ifset
794
635fb38d 795@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
796@ifset CRIS
797See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
798@end ifset
799
252b5132
RH
800@ifset D10V
801The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
802a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 803@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
804@cindex D10V optimization
805@cindex optimization, D10V
806@item -O
807Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
808@end table
809@end ifset
810
811@ifset D30V
812The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
813processor.
a4fb0134 814@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
815@cindex D30V optimization
816@cindex optimization, D30V
817@item -O
818Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
819
820@cindex D30V nops
821@item -n
822Warn when nops are generated.
823
824@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
825@item -N
826Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
827@end table
828@end ifset
731caf76
L
829@c man end
830
831@ifset I80386
252b5132 832
731caf76
L
833@ifclear man
834@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
835configured for an i386 processor.
836@end ifclear
837
838@ifset man
839@c man begin OPTIONS
840The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
841an i386 processor.
842@c man end
843@c man begin INCLUDE
844@include c-i386.texi
845@c ended inside the included file
846@end ifset
847
848@end ifset
849
850@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
851@ifset I960
852The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
853Intel 80960 processor.
854
a4fb0134 855@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
856@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
857Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
858
859@item -b
860Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
861
862@item -no-relax
863Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
864error if necessary.
865
866@end table
867@end ifset
868
a40cbfa3
NC
869@ifset IP2K
870The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 871Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
872
873@table @gcctabopt
874
875@item -mip2022ext
876Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
877
878@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 879Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
880just the basic IP2022 ones.
881
882@end table
883@end ifset
884
49f58d10
JB
885@ifset M32C
886The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
887Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
888
889@table @gcctabopt
890
891@item -m32c
892Assemble M32C instructions.
893
894@item -m16c
895Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
896
c54b5932
DD
897@item -relax
898Enable support for link-time relaxations.
899
900@item -h-tick-hex
901Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
902
49f58d10
JB
903@end table
904@end ifset
905
ec694b89
NC
906@ifset M32R
907The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 908Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 909
a4fb0134 910@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
911
912@item --m32rx
913Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
914is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
915
916@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
917Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 918encountered.
ec694b89
NC
919
920@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
921Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
922encountered.
ec694b89
NC
923
924@end table
925@end ifset
252b5132
RH
926
927@ifset M680X0
928The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
929Motorola 68000 series.
930
a4fb0134 931@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
932
933@item -l
934Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
935
0285c67d
NC
936@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
937@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
938@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
939Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
940is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
941
942@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
943The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
944The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
945the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
946two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
947coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
948
949@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
950The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
951unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
952
953@end table
954@end ifset
955
e135f41b
NC
956@ifset PDP11
957
958For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
959see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
960
a4fb0134 961@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
962@item -mpic | -mno-pic
963Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 964default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
965
966@item -mall
967@itemx -mall-extensions
968Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
969
970@item -mno-extensions
971Disable all instruction set extensions.
972
973@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
974Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
975
976@item -m@var{cpu}
977Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
978disable all other extensions.
979
980@item -m@var{machine}
981Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
982model, and disable all other extensions.
983@end table
984
985@end ifset
986
041dd5a9
ILT
987@ifset PJ
988The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
989a picoJava processor.
990
a4fb0134 991@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
992
993@cindex PJ endianness
994@cindex endianness, PJ
995@cindex big endian output, PJ
996@item -mb
997Generate ``big endian'' format output.
998
999@cindex little endian output, PJ
1000@item -ml
1001Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1002
1003@end table
1004@end ifset
1005
60bcf0fa
NC
1006@ifset M68HC11
1007The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1008Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1009
a4fb0134 1010@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1011
d01030e6 1012@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
60bcf0fa
NC
1013Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1014defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1015
2f904664
SC
1016@item -mshort
1017Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1018
1019@item -mlong
01642c12 1020Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1021
1022@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1023Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1024
1025@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1026Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1027
1370e33d 1028@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1029Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1030conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1031sub routine.
1032
1370e33d
NC
1033@item -S | --short-branches
1034Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1035when the offset is out of range.
1036
1037@item --strict-direct-mode
1038Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1039when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1040
1041@item --print-insn-syntax
1042Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1043
1044@item --print-opcodes
1045print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
1046
1047@item --generate-example
1048print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1049This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1050
1051@end table
1052@end ifset
1053
252b5132 1054@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1055The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1056for the SPARC architecture:
1057
a4fb0134 1058@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1059@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1060@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1061Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1062
1063@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1064@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1065
1066@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1067UltraSPARC extensions.
1068
1069@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1070For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1071equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1072
1073@item -bump
1074Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1075@end table
1076@end ifset
1077
39bec121
TW
1078@ifset TIC54X
1079The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1080architecture.
39bec121 1081
a4fb0134 1082@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1083@item -mfar-mode
1084Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1085extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1086@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1087Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1088@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1089Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1090behaviour in the shell.
1091@end table
1092@end ifset
1093
252b5132
RH
1094@ifset MIPS
1095The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 1096a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 1097
a4fb0134 1098@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1099@item -G @var{num}
1100This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1101implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1102use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1103
1104@cindex MIPS endianness
1105@cindex endianness, MIPS
1106@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1107@item -EB
1108Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1109
1110@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1111@item -EL
1112Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1113
1114@cindex MIPS ISA
1115@item -mips1
1116@itemx -mips2
1117@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1118@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1119@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1120@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1121@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1122@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1123@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
1124Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
1125@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1126alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1127@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1128@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1129@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1130correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1131@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1132and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1133ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1134
1135@item -march=@var{CPU}
1136Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1137
1138@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1139Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1140
1141@item -mfix7000
1142@itemx -mno-fix7000
1143Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1144of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1145
ecb4347a
DJ
1146@item -mdebug
1147@itemx -no-mdebug
1148Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1149section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1150
dcd410fe
RO
1151@item -mpdr
1152@itemx -mno-pdr
1153Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1154
437ee9d5
TS
1155@item -mgp32
1156@itemx -mfp32
1157The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1158flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1159all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1160and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1161
1162@item -mips16
1163@itemx -no-mips16
1164Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1165@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1166turns off this option.
252b5132 1167
e16bfa71
TS
1168@item -msmartmips
1169@itemx -mno-smartmips
1170Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1171equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1172@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1173
1f25f5d3
CD
1174@item -mips3d
1175@itemx -no-mips3d
1176Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1177This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1178@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1179
deec1734
CD
1180@item -mdmx
1181@itemx -no-mdmx
1182Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1183This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1184@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1185
2ef2b9ae
CF
1186@item -mdsp
1187@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1188Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1189This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1190@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1191
8b082fb1
TS
1192@item -mdspr2
1193@itemx -mno-dspr2
1194Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1195This option implies -mdsp.
1196This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1197@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1198
ef2e4d86
CF
1199@item -mmt
1200@itemx -mno-mt
1201Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1202This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1203@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1204
437ee9d5
TS
1205@item --construct-floats
1206@itemx --no-construct-floats
1207The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1208double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1209value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1210the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1211selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1212
1213@cindex emulation
1214@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1215This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1216for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1217between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1218debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1219endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1220@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1221@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1222of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1223the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1224in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1225selection in any case.
1226
1227This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1228@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1229Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1230@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1231the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1232configuration includes support for both.
1233
1234Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1235fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1236more processors.
1237
1238@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1239@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1240the native tools.
1241
252b5132
RH
1242@item --trap
1243@itemx --no-trap
1244@itemx --break
1245@itemx --no-break
1246Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1247@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1248(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1249@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1250break exception.
63486801
L
1251
1252@item -n
a4fb0134 1253When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1254time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1255@end table
1256@end ifset
1257
1258@ifset MCORE
1259The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1260an MCore processor.
1261
a4fb0134 1262@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1263@item -jsri2bsr
1264@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1265Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1266The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1267
1268@item -sifilter
1269@itemx -nosifilter
1270Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1271The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1272
1273@item -relax
1274Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1275
ec694b89
NC
1276@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1277Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1278can be assembled.
1279
1280@item -EB
1281Assemble for a big endian target.
1282
1283@item -EL
1284Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1285
1286@end table
1287@end ifset
1288
3c3bdf30
NC
1289@ifset MMIX
1290See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1291@end ifset
1292
635fb38d 1293@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1294@ifset PPC
1295
1296@ifclear man
1297@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1298for a PowerPC processor.
1299@end ifclear
1300
1301@ifset man
1302@c man begin OPTIONS
1303The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1304PowerPC processor.
1305@c man end
1306@c man begin INCLUDE
1307@include c-ppc.texi
1308@c ended inside the included file
1309@end ifset
1310
1311@end ifset
1312
635fb38d 1313@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1314@ifset RX
1315See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1316@end ifset
1317
11c19e16
MS
1318@ifset S390
1319The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1320processor family.
1321
1322@table @gcctabopt
1323@item -m31
1324@itemx -m64
1325Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1326@item -mesa
1327@item -mzarch
1328Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1329Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1330@item -march=@var{processor}
1331Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
1332@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, or @samp{z10}.
1333@item -mregnames
1334@itemx -mno-regnames
1335Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1336@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1337Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1338but evaluates to zero.
1339@end table
1340@end ifset
2a633939 1341@c man end
11c19e16 1342
40b36596 1343@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1344
1345@ifclear man
1346@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1347for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1348@end ifclear
1349
1350@ifset man
1351@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1352The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1353TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1354@c man end
1355@c man begin INCLUDE
1356@include c-tic6x.texi
1357@c ended inside the included file
1358@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1359
1360@end ifset
1361
e0001a05 1362@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1363
2d8b84ae
SA
1364@ifclear man
1365@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1366for an Xtensa processor.
1367@end ifclear
1368
1369@ifset man
1370@c man begin OPTIONS
1371The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1372Xtensa processor.
1373@c man end
1374@c man begin INCLUDE
1375@include c-xtensa.texi
1376@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1377@end ifset
1378
2d8b84ae
SA
1379@end ifset
1380
1381@c man begin OPTIONS
1382
3c9b82ba
NC
1383@ifset Z80
1384The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1385a Z80 family processor.
1386@table @gcctabopt
1387@item -z80
1388Assemble for Z80 processor.
1389@item -r800
1390Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1391@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1392@itemx -Wnud
1393Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1394@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1395@itemx -Wnup
1396Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1397@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1398@itemx -Wud
1399Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1400@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1401@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1402Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1403@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1404@itemx -Fud
1405Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1406@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1407@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1408Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1409@end table
1410@end ifset
1411
0285c67d
NC
1412@c man end
1413
252b5132
RH
1414@menu
1415* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1416* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1417* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1418* Command Line:: Command Line
1419* Input Files:: Input Files
1420* Object:: Output (Object) File
1421* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1422@end menu
1423
1424@node Manual
1425@section Structure of this Manual
1426
1427@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1428This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1429@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1430notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1431@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1432
1433@ifclear GENERIC
1434We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1435configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1436@end ifclear
1437@ifset GENERIC
1438This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1439various flavors of the assembler.
1440@end ifset
1441
1442@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1443On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1444to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1445In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1446architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1447mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1448particular architecture.
1449@ifset GENERIC
1450You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1451machine architecture manual for this information.
1452@end ifset
1453@ifclear GENERIC
1454@ifset H8/300
1455For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1456Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1457Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1458@end ifset
252b5132 1459@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1460For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1461see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1462@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1463@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1464@end ifset
1465@ifset Z8000
1466For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1467@end ifset
1468@end ifclear
1469
1470@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1471@ignore
1472Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1473the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1474Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1475computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1476once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1477qualification.
1478
a4fb0134 1479@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1480human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1481computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1482@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1483@end ignore
1484
1485@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1486@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1487@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1488@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1489@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1490@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1491@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1492@c directives).
1493
1494@node GNU Assembler
1495@section The GNU Assembler
1496
0285c67d
NC
1497@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1498
a4fb0134 1499@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1500@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1501This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1502configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1503@end ifclear
1504If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1505should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1506architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1507including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1508@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1509
1510@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1511@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1512@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1513@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1514assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1515machine would assemble.
1516@ifset VAX
1517Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1518@end ifset
1519@ifset M680X0
1520@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1521@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1522This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1523assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1524incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1525@end ifset
1526
0285c67d
NC
1527@c man end
1528
a4fb0134 1529Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1530program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1531@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1532
1533@node Object Formats
1534@section Object File Formats
1535
1536@cindex object file format
1537The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1538object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1539write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1540are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1541Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1542@ifclear GENERIC
1543@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1544For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1545@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1546@end ifclear
1547@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1548@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1549On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1550@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1551@end ifset
1552@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1553On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1554SOM or ELF format object files.
1555@end ifset
1556@end ifclear
1557
1558@node Command Line
1559@section Command Line
1560
1561@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1562
a4fb0134 1563After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1564options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1565before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1566significant.
1567
1568@cindex standard input, as input file
1569@kindex --
1570@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1571explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1572
1573@cindex options, command line
1574Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1575hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1576@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1577option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1578the letter is important. All options are optional.
1579
1580Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1581name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1582with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1583standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1584
1585@smallexample
1586@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1587@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1588@end smallexample
1589
1590@node Input Files
1591@section Input Files
1592
1593@cindex input
1594@cindex source program
1595@cindex files, input
1596We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1597describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1598be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1599doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1600
1601@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1602@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1603The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1604order specified.
1605
0285c67d 1606@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1607Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1608program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1609(The standard input is also a file.)
1610
a4fb0134 1611You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1612names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1613command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1614is taken to be an input file name.
1615
a4fb0134
SC
1616If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1617from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1618may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1619to assemble.
1620
1621Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1622in your command line.
1623
a4fb0134 1624If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1625file.
1626
0285c67d
NC
1627@c man end
1628
252b5132
RH
1629@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1630
1631@cindex input file linenumbers
1632@cindex line numbers, in input files
1633There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1634either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1635number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1636``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1637
1638@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1639to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1640
1641@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1642directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1643error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1644is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1645@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1646@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1647
1648@node Object
1649@section Output (Object) File
1650
1651@cindex object file
1652@cindex output file
1653@kindex a.out
1654@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1655Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1656your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1657is the object file. Its default name is
1658@ifclear BOUT
1659@code{a.out}.
1660@end ifclear
1661@ifset BOUT
1662@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1663@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1664@end ifset
a4fb0134 1665@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1666@end ifset
a4fb0134 1667You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1668object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1669reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1670directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1671possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1672
1673@cindex linker
1674@kindex ld
1675The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1676assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1677the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1678information for the debugger.
1679
1680@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1681@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1682
1683@node Errors
1684@section Error and Warning Messages
1685
0285c67d
NC
1686@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1687
a349d9dd 1688@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1689@cindex warning messages
1690@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1691@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1692file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1693runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1694that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1695grave problem that stops the assembly.
1696
0285c67d
NC
1697@c man end
1698
252b5132
RH
1699@cindex format of warning messages
1700Warning messages have the format
1701
1702@smallexample
1703file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1704@end smallexample
1705
1706@noindent
1707@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1708(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1709(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1710the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1711@ifset GENERIC
1712(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1713@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1714then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1715otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1716message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1717tradition).
1718
1719@cindex format of error messages
1720Error messages have the format
1721@smallexample
1722file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1723@end smallexample
1724The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1725messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1726because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1727
1728@node Invoking
1729@chapter Command-Line Options
1730
1731@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1732This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1733versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1734for options specific
252b5132 1735@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1736to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1737@end ifclear
1738@ifset GENERIC
1739to particular machine architectures.
1740@end ifset
1741
0285c67d
NC
1742@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1743
c1253627 1744If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1745you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1746The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1747by commas. For example:
1748
1749@smallexample
1750gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1751@end smallexample
1752
1753@noindent
1754This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1755standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1756local symbols in the symbol table).
1757
1758Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1759command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1760(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1761precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1762assembler.)
1763
0285c67d
NC
1764@c man end
1765
252b5132 1766@menu
83f10cb2 1767* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1768* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1769* D:: -D for compatibility
1770* f:: -f to work faster
1771* I:: -I for .include search path
1772@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1773* K:: -K for compatibility
1774@end ifclear
1775@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1776* K:: -K for difference tables
1777@end ifset
1778
ba83aca1 1779* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1780* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1781* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1782* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1783* o:: -o to name the object file
1784* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1785* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1786* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1787* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1788* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1789* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1790@end menu
1791
1792@node a
83f10cb2 1793@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1794
1795@kindex -a
1796@kindex -ac
1797@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1798@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1799@kindex -ah
1800@kindex -al
1801@kindex -an
1802@kindex -as
1803@cindex listings, enabling
1804@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1805
1806These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1807@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1808You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1809@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1810@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1811@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1812High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1813@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1814also.
1815
83f10cb2
NC
1816Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1817information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1818
252b5132
RH
1819Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1820which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1821other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1822omitted from the listing.
1823
1824Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1825listing.
1826
1827Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1828listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1829@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1830@code{.sbttl}.
1831The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1832If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1833listing-control directives have no effect.
1834
1835The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1836@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1837
96e9638b
BW
1838Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1839because it
c3a27914
NC
1840is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1841is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1842directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1843stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1844memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1845
caa32fe5
NC
1846@node alternate
1847@section @option{--alternate}
1848
1849@kindex --alternate
1850Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1851
252b5132 1852@node D
a4fb0134 1853@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1854
1855@kindex -D
1856This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1857likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1858@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1859
1860@node f
a4fb0134 1861@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1862
1863@kindex -f
1864@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1865@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1866@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1867(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1868and comment preprocessing on
1869the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1870,Preprocessing}.
1871
1872@quotation
1873@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1874preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1875not work correctly.
1876@end quotation
1877
1878@node I
c1253627 1879@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1880
1881@kindex -I @var{path}
1882@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1883@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1884@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1885Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1886@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1887directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1888many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1889working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1890searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1891specified (left to right) on the command line.
1892
1893@node K
a4fb0134 1894@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1895
1896@kindex -K
1897@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1898On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
1899permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
1900where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
1901generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
1902family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
1903alteration on other platforms.
1904@end ifclear
1905
1906@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1907@cindex difference tables, warning
1908@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
1909@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
1910form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
1911You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1912is done.
1913@end ifset
1914
1915@node L
ba83aca1 1916@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
1917
1918@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
1919@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
1920Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
1921@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
1922called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
1923such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
1924programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
1925notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
1926such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
1927
1928This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 1929in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 1930@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 1931
c3a27914 1932@node listing
a4fb0134 1933@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
1934
1935The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
1936@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
1937hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
1938them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
1939directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
1940@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
1941@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
1942@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 1943
a4fb0134 1944@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
1945@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
1946@kindex --listing-lhs-width
1947@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
1948Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
1949dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
1950
1951@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
1952@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
1953@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
1954Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 1955a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
1956the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
1957switch is used the default is to one.
1958
1959@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
1960@kindex --listing-rhs-width
1961@cindex Width of source line output
1962Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
1963alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
1964source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
1965
1966@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
1967@kindex --listing-cont-lines
1968@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
1969Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
1970displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
1971@end table
1972
252b5132 1973@node M
a4fb0134 1974@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
1975
1976@kindex -M
1977@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
1978The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
1979changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
1980compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
1981configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
1982MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
1983information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
1984arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 1985assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1986
1987The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
1988depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
1989file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
1990individually. These are:
1991
1992@itemize @bullet
1993@item global symbols in common section
1994
1995The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 1996Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
1997common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
1998symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
1999symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2000
2001@item complex relocations
2002
2003The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2004relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2005are not support by other object file formats.
2006
2007@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2008
2009The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2010This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2011instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2012script.
2013
2014@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2015
2016The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2017name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2018
2019@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2020
2021The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2022address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2023which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2024not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2025assigned within a linker script.
2026@end itemize
2027
2028There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2029@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2030seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2031
2032@itemize @bullet
2033
2034@item EBCDIC strings
2035
2036EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2037
2038@item packed binary coded decimal
2039
2040Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2041and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2042
2043@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2044
2045The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2046
2047@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2048
2049The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2050
2051@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2052
2053The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2054@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2055relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2056these options serve no purpose.
2057
2058@item @code{OPT} list control options
2059
2060The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2061@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2062@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2063
2064@item other @code{OPT} options
2065
2066The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2067@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2068
2069@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2070
2071The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2072@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2073
2074@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2075
2076The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2077
2078@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2079
2080The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2081
2082@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2083
2084The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2085
2086@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2087
2088The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2089
2090@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2091
2092The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2093
2094@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2095
2096The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2097
2098@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2099
2100The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2101
2102@end itemize
2103
2104@node MD
c1253627 2105@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2106
2107@kindex --MD
2108@cindex dependency tracking
2109@cindex make rules
2110
a4fb0134 2111@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2112file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2113dependencies of the main source file.
2114
2115The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2116
2117This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2118
2119@node o
a4fb0134 2120@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2121
2122@kindex -o
2123@cindex naming object file
2124@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2125There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2126default it has the name
2127@ifset GENERIC
2128@ifset I960
2129@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2130@end ifset
2131@ifclear I960
2132@file{a.out}.
2133@end ifclear
2134@end ifset
2135@ifclear GENERIC
2136@ifset I960
2137@file{b.out}.
2138@end ifset
2139@ifclear I960
2140@file{a.out}.
2141@end ifclear
2142@end ifclear
2143You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2144object file a different name.
2145
a4fb0134 2146Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2147existing file of the same name.
2148
2149@node R
a4fb0134 2150@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2151
2152@kindex -R
2153@cindex data and text sections, joining
2154@cindex text and data sections, joining
2155@cindex joining text and data sections
2156@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2157@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2158data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2159the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2160section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2161your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2162appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2163
a4fb0134 2164When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2165address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2166data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2167older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2168
c1253627
NC
2169@ifset COFF-ELF
2170When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2171this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2172@samp{.data}.
2173@end ifset
2174
2175@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2176@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2177@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2178@end ifset
2179
2180@node statistics
a4fb0134 2181@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2182
2183@kindex --statistics
2184@cindex statistics, about assembly
2185@cindex time, total for assembly
2186@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2187Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2188@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2189(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2190seconds).
2191
2192@node traditional-format
c1253627 2193@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2194
2195@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2196For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2197from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2198@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2199
2200For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2201@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2202
2203@node v
a4fb0134 2204@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2205
2206@kindex -v
2207@kindex -version
2208@cindex assembler version
2209@cindex version of assembler
2210You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2211option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2212command line.
2213
2214@node W
a4fb0134 2215@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2216
a4fb0134 2217@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2218assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2219cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2220made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2221
c1253627
NC
2222@kindex -W
2223@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2224@cindex suppressing warnings
2225@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2226If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2227This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2228how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2229are still reported.
2230
c1253627 2231@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2232@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2233@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2234If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2235files that generate warnings to be in error.
2236
c1253627 2237@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2238@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2239You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2240causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2241
2242@node Z
a4fb0134 2243@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2244@cindex object file, after errors
2245@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2246After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2247some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2248@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2249option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2250writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2251errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2252
2253@node Syntax
2254@chapter Syntax
2255
2256@cindex machine-independent syntax
2257@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2258This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2259source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2260assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2261@ifclear VAX
2262assembler.
2263@end ifclear
2264@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2265assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2266@end ifset
2267
2268@menu
7c31ae13 2269* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2270* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2271* Comments:: Comments
2272* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2273* Statements:: Statements
2274* Constants:: Constants
2275@end menu
2276
2277@node Preprocessing
2278@section Preprocessing
2279
2280@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2281The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2282@itemize @bullet
2283@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2284@item
2285adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2286the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2287a single space.
2288
2289@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2290@item
2291removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2292appropriate number of newlines.
2293
2294@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2295@item
2296converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2297@end itemize
2298
2299It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2300anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2301do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2302(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2303to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2304@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2305Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2306
2307Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2308cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2309preprocessed.
2310
2311@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2312@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2313@kindex #NO_APP
2314@kindex #APP
2315If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2316@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2317Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2318specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2319text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2320@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2321@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2322and whitespace.
2323
2324@node Whitespace
2325@section Whitespace
2326
2327@cindex whitespace
2328@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2329Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2330people to read. Unless within character constants
2331(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2332as exactly one space.
2333
2334@node Comments
2335@section Comments
2336
2337@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2338There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2339cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2340
2341Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2342This means you may not nest these comments.
2343
2344@smallexample
2345/*
2346 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2347 is to use this sort of comment.
2348*/
2349
2350/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2351@end smallexample
2352
2353@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2354Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2355considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2356specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2357line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2358line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2359comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2360upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2361@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2362
2363If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2364special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2365to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2366
2367@kindex #
2368@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2369@cindex logical line numbers
2370To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2371special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2372expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2373line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2374new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2375
2376If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2377the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2378
2379@smallexample
2380 # This is an ordinary comment.
2381# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2382 # This is logical line # 36.
2383@end smallexample
2384This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2385of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2386
2387@node Symbol Intro
2388@section Symbols
2389
2390@cindex characters used in symbols
2391@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2392A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2393letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2394@samp{_.$}.
2395@end ifclear
2396@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2397@ifclear GENERIC
2398@ifset H8
2399A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2400letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2401@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2402symbol names.)
2403@end ifset
2404@end ifclear
2405@end ifset
2406@ifset GENERIC
2407On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2408are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2409@end ifset
2410No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
2411There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
2412delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2413(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
2414not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
2415@cindex length of symbols
2416
2417@node Statements
2418@section Statements
2419
2420@cindex statements, structure of
2421@cindex line separator character
2422@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2423
2424A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2425@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2426specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2427target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2428The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2429preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2430exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2431
2432@cindex newline, required at file end
2433@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2434It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2435character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2436
2437An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2438
2439@cindex instructions and directives
2440@cindex directives and instructions
2441@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2442@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2443@c 13feb91.
2444A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2445key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2446symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2447symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2448directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2449a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2450assembles into a machine language instruction.
2451@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2452Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2453recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2454represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2455language.@refill
2456@end ifset
2457
2458@cindex @code{:} (label)
2459@cindex label (@code{:})
2460A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2461Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2462have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2463
2464@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2465For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2466the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2467only one label may be defined on each line.
2468@end ifset
2469
2470@smallexample
2471label: .directive followed by something
2472another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2473 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2474@end smallexample
2475
2476@node Constants
2477@section Constants
2478
2479@cindex constants
2480A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2481inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2482@smallexample
2483@group
2484.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2485.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2486.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2487.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
248895028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2489@end group
2490@end smallexample
2491
2492@menu
2493* Characters:: Character Constants
2494* Numbers:: Number Constants
2495@end menu
2496
2497@node Characters
2498@subsection Character Constants
2499
2500@cindex character constants
2501@cindex constants, character
2502There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2503for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2504numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2505@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2506used in arithmetic expressions.
2507
2508@menu
2509* Strings:: Strings
2510* Chars:: Characters
2511@end menu
2512
2513@node Strings
2514@subsubsection Strings
2515
2516@cindex string constants
2517@cindex constants, string
2518A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2519double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2520into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2521a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2522one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2523@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2524(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2525escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2526
2527@cindex escape codes, character
2528@cindex character escape codes
2529@table @kbd
2530@c @item \a
2531@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2532@c
2533@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2534@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2535@item \b
2536Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2537
2538@c @item \e
2539@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2540@c
2541@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2542@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2543@item \f
2544Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2545
2546@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2547@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2548@item \n
2549Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2550
2551@c @item \p
2552@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2553@c
2554@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2555@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2556@item \r
2557Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2558
2559@c @item \s
2560@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2561@c other assemblers.
2562@c
2563@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2564@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2565@item \t
2566Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2567
2568@c @item \v
2569@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2570@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2571@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2572@c
2573@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2574@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2575@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2576An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2577For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2578for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2579
2580@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2581@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2582@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2583A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2584lower case @code{x} works.
2585
2586@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2587@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2588@item \\
2589Represents one @samp{\} character.
2590
2591@c @item \'
2592@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2593@c This is needed in single character literals
2594@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2595@c a @samp{'}.
2596@c
2597@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2598@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2599@item \"
2600Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2601this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2602
2603@item \ @var{anything-else}
2604Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2605assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2606you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2607interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2608other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2609code and warns you of the fact.
2610@end table
2611
2612Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2613varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2614the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2615compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2616sequence.
2617
2618@node Chars
2619@subsubsection Characters
2620
2621@cindex single character constant
2622@cindex character, single
2623@cindex constant, single character
2624A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2625followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2626to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2627must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2628@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2629grave accent. A newline
2630@ifclear GENERIC
2631@ifclear abnormal-separator
2632(or semicolon @samp{;})
2633@end ifclear
2634@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2635@ifset H8
2636(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2637Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2638@end ifset
2639@end ifset
2640@end ifclear
2641immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2642and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2643constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2644that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2645@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2646
2647@node Numbers
2648@subsection Number Constants
2649
2650@cindex constants, number
2651@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2652@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2653are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2654would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2655integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2656are floating point numbers, described below.
2657
2658@menu
2659* Integers:: Integers
2660* Bignums:: Bignums
2661* Flonums:: Flonums
2662@ifclear GENERIC
2663@ifset I960
2664* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2665@end ifset
2666@end ifclear
2667@end menu
2668
2669@node Integers
2670@subsubsection Integers
2671@cindex integers
2672@cindex constants, integer
2673
2674@cindex binary integers
2675@cindex integers, binary
2676A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2677the binary digits @samp{01}.
2678
2679@cindex octal integers
2680@cindex integers, octal
2681An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2682digits (@samp{01234567}).
2683
2684@cindex decimal integers
2685@cindex integers, decimal
2686A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2687more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2688
2689@cindex hexadecimal integers
2690@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2691A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2692more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2693
2694Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2695the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2696(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2697
2698@node Bignums
2699@subsubsection Bignums
2700
2701@cindex bignums
2702@cindex constants, bignum
2703A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2704except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2705represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2706integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2707
2708@node Flonums
2709@subsubsection Flonums
2710@cindex flonums
2711@cindex floating point numbers
2712@cindex constants, floating point
2713
2714@cindex precision, floating point
2715A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2716indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2717@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2718sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2719to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2720portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2721
2722A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2723@itemize @bullet
2724@item
2725The digit @samp{0}.
2726@ifset HPPA
2727(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2728@end ifset
2729
2730@item
a4fb0134 2731A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2732@ifset GENERIC
2733@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2734@ignore
2735@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2736(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
27374.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2738@end ignore
2739
7be1c489 2740On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2741and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2742one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2743
2744On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2745(in upper or lower case).
2746
2747On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2748one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2749
2750On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2751@end ifset
2752@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2753@ifset ARC
2754One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2755@end ifset
2756@ifset H8
2757One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2758@end ifset
2759@ifset HPPA
2760The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2761@end ifset
2762@ifset I960
2763One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2764@end ifset
2765@end ifclear
2766
2767@item
2768An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2769
2770@item
2771An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2772
2773@item
2774An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2775or more decimal digits.
2776
2777@item
2778An optional exponent, consisting of:
2779
2780@itemize @bullet
2781@item
2782An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2783@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2784@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2785@item
2786Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2787@item
2788One or more decimal digits.
2789@end itemize
2790
2791@end itemize
2792
2793At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2794present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2795
a4fb0134 2796@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2797independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2798@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2799
2800@ifclear GENERIC
2801@ifset I960
2802@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2803@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2804@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2805@node Bit Fields
2806@subsubsection Bit Fields
2807
2808@cindex bit fields
2809@cindex constants, bit field
2810You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2811Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2812@example
2813@var{mask}:@var{value}
2814@end example
2815@noindent
a4fb0134 2816@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2817@var{value}.
2818
2819The resulting number is then packed
2820@ifset GENERIC
2821@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2822(in host-dependent byte order)
2823@end ifset
2824into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2825bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2826requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2827more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2828least significant digits.@refill
2829
2830The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2831@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2832@end ifset
2833@end ifclear
2834
2835@node Sections
2836@chapter Sections and Relocation
2837@cindex sections
2838@cindex relocation
2839
2840@menu
2841* Secs Background:: Background
2842* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2843* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2844* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2845* bss:: bss Section
2846@end menu
2847
2848@node Secs Background
2849@section Background
2850
2851Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2852``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2853For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2854
2855@cindex linker, and assembler
2856@cindex assembler, and linker
2857The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2858combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2859emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2860@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2861different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2862oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2863sections.
2864
2865@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2866addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2867units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2868within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2869run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2870the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2871the proper run-time addresses.
2872@ifset H8
7be1c489 2873For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2874@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2875ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2876@end ifset
2877
2878@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2879An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2880of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2881@dfn{bss} sections.
2882
c1253627 2883@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2884@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2885When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2886@end ifset
a4fb0134 2887@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2888using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2889If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2890or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2891@end ifset
2892
2893@ifset HPPA
2894@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2895When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2896@end ifset
a4fb0134 2897@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2898specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
2899@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
2900(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
2901assembler directives.
2902
2903@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 2904Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
2905text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
2906is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
2907BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
2908@end ifset
2909@end ifset
2910
2911Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
2912data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
2913
2914@ifset HPPA
2915When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
2916section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
2917@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
2918@end ifset
2919
2920To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 2921relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
2922object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
2923@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
2924file is mentioned:
2925@itemize @bullet
2926@item
2927Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
2928an address?
2929@item
2930How long (in bytes) is this reference?
2931@item
2932Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
2933@display
2934(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
2935@end display
2936@item
2937Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
2938@end itemize
2939
2940@cindex addresses, format of
2941@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 2942In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
2943@display
2944(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
2945@end display
2946@noindent
a4fb0134 2947Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
2948nature.
2949@ifset SOM
2950(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
2951symbol-relative instead.)
2952@end ifset
2953
2954In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
2955@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
2956
2957Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
2958@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
2959addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
2960@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
2961@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
2962data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
2963their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
2964part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
2965address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
2966
2967The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
2968address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
2969rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
2970Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
2971address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
2972common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
2973time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
2974
2975By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
2976the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
2977sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
2978customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
2979the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
2980data and bss sections.
2981
2982Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 2983use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
2984
2985@node Ld Sections
2986@section Linker Sections
2987@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
2988
2989@table @strong
2990
c1253627 2991@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
2992@cindex named sections
2993@cindex sections, named
2994@item named sections
2995@end ifset
2996@ifset aout-bout
2997@cindex text section
2998@cindex data section
2999@itemx text section
3000@itemx data section
3001@end ifset
a4fb0134 3002These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3003separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3004true of another.
3005@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3006When the program is running, however, it is
3007customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3008text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3009instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3010program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3011in the data section.
c1253627 3012@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3013
3014@cindex bss section
3015@item bss section
3016This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3017is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3018each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3019out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3020bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3021those explicit zeros from object files.
3022
3023@cindex absolute section
3024@item absolute section
3025Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3026This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3027not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3028addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3029
3030@cindex undefined section
3031@item undefined section
3032This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3033the preceding sections.
3034@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3035@end table
3036
3037@cindex relocation example
3038An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3039@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3040The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3041@end ifset
3042Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3043
3044@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3045@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3046@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3047@smallexample
3048 +-----+----+--+
3049partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3050 +-----+----+--+
3051
3052 text data bss
3053 seg. seg. seg.
3054
3055 +---+---+---+
3056partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3057 +---+---+---+
3058
3059 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3060linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3061 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3062
3063 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3064@end smallexample
3065@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3066@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3067@need 5000
3068@tex
c1253627 3069\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3070\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3071\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3072\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3073
3074\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3075\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3076\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3077
3078\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3079\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3080\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3081ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3082DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3083
3084\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3085\line{0\dots\hfil}
3086
3087@end tex
3088@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3089
3090@node As Sections
3091@section Assembler Internal Sections
3092
3093@cindex internal assembler sections
3094@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3095These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3096have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3097sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3098warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3099meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3100value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3101section-relative address.
3102
3103@table @b
3104@cindex assembler internal logic error
3105@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3106An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3107bug in the assembler.
3108
3109@cindex expr (internal section)
3110@item expr section
3111The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3112symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3113it in the expr section.
3114@c FIXME item debug
3115@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3116@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3117@c FIXME item register
3118@end table
3119
3120@node Sub-Sections
3121@section Sub-Sections
3122
3123@cindex numbered subsections
3124@cindex grouping data
3125@ifset aout-bout
3126Assembled bytes
c1253627 3127@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3128conventionally
3129@end ifset
3130fall into two sections: text and data.
3131@end ifset
3132You may have separate groups of
3133@ifset GENERIC
3134data in named sections
3135@end ifset
3136@ifclear GENERIC
3137@ifclear aout-bout
3138data in named sections
3139@end ifclear
3140@ifset aout-bout
3141text or data
3142@end ifset
3143@end ifclear
3144that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3145are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3146use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3147numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3148same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3149subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3150section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3151assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3152section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3153constants being output.
3154
3155Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3156goes in subsection number zero.
3157
3158@ifset GENERIC
3159Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3160(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3161of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3162@end ifset
3163@ifclear GENERIC
3164@ifset H8
7be1c489 3165On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3166boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3167The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3168@end ifset
3169@ifset I960
3170@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3171@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3172@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3173@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3174@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3175@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3176@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3177@end ifclear
3178
3179Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3180to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3181The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3182other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3183They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3184data subsections as a data section.
3185
3186To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3187into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3188@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3189@ifset COFF
252b5132 3190@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3191When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3192@end ifset
3193@ifclear GENERIC
3194You
3195@end ifclear
3196can also use an extra subsection
3197argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3198@var{expression}}.
3199@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3200@ifset ELF
3201@ifset GENERIC
3202When generating ELF output, you
3203@end ifset
3204@ifclear GENERIC
3205You
3206@end ifclear
3207can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3208to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3209@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3210@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3211(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3212is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3213begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3214@smallexample
3215.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3216.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3217.text 1
3218.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3219.data 0
3220.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3221.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3222.text 0
3223.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3224.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3225@end smallexample
3226
3227Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3228assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3229restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3230counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3231@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3232current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3233assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3234
3235@node bss
3236@section bss Section
3237
3238@cindex bss section
3239@cindex common variable storage
3240The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3241You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3242not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3243your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3244section are zeroed bytes.
3245
3246The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3247@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3248
3249The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3250another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3251
3252@ifset GENERIC
3253When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3254COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3255see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3256section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3257@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3258@end ifset
3259
3260@node Symbols
3261@chapter Symbols
3262
3263@cindex symbols
3264Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3265things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3266to debug.
3267
3268@quotation
3269@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3270@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3271the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3272@end quotation
3273
3274@menu
3275* Labels:: Labels
3276* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3277* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3278* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3279* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3280@end menu
3281
3282@node Labels
3283@section Labels
3284
3285@cindex labels
3286A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3287@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3288active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3289operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3290different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3291definitions.
3292
3293@ifset HPPA
3294On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3295colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3296a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3297provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3298@end ifset
3299
3300@node Setting Symbols
3301@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3302
3303@cindex assigning values to symbols
3304@cindex symbol values, assigning
3305A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3306by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3307(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3308directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3309equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3310@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3311
f8739b83
JZ
3312@ifset Blackfin
3313Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3314@end ifset
3315
252b5132
RH
3316@node Symbol Names
3317@section Symbol Names
3318
3319@cindex symbol names
3320@cindex names, symbol
3321@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3322Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3323machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3324noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3325string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3326particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3327@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3328@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3329@ifset H8
3330Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3331Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3332character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3333on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3334@end ifset
3335@end ifset
3336
3337Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3338than @code{Foo}.
3339
3340Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3341refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3342in a program.
3343
3344@subheading Local Symbol Names
3345
3346@cindex local symbol names
3347@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3348A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3349By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3350@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3351set of local label prefixes.
3352@ifset HPPA
3353On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3354@end ifset
3355
3356Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3357normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3358You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3359@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3360
3361@subheading Local Labels
3362
3363@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3364@cindex temporary symbol names
3365@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3366Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3367They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3368the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3369To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3370represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3371definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3372you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3373@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3374for ``forwards''.
3375
3376There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3377too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3378the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3379defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3380definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3381noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3382implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3383
3384Here is an example:
3385
3386@smallexample
33871: branch 1f
33882: branch 1b
33891: branch 2f
33902: branch 1b
3391@end smallexample
3392
3393Which is the equivalent of:
3394
3395@smallexample
3396label_1: branch label_3
3397label_2: branch label_1
3398label_3: branch label_4
3399label_4: branch label_3
3400@end smallexample
3401
ba83aca1 3402Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3403transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3404The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3405are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3406these parts:
252b5132
RH
3407
3408@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3409@item @emph{local label prefix}
3410All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3411Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3412that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3413used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3414@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3415object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3416you may use them in debugging.
3417
2d5aaba0
NC
3418@item @var{number}
3419This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3420label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3421
2d5aaba0
NC
3422@item @kbd{C-B}
3423This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3424of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3425
3426@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3427This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3428@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3429number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3430the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3431@end table
3432
ba83aca1
BW
3433So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3434the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3435
3436@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3437@cindex dollar local symbols
3438
3439@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3440dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3441soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3442region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3443scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3444the same local label.
3445
3446Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3447except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3448@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3449
3450They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3451names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3452to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3453@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3454
3455@node Dot
3456@section The Special Dot Symbol
3457
3458@cindex dot (symbol)
3459@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3460@cindex current address
3461@cindex location counter
3462The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3463@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3464.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3465Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3466directive.
252b5132 3467@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3468Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3469@samp{.space 4}.
3470@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3471
3472@node Symbol Attributes
3473@section Symbol Attributes
3474
3475@cindex symbol attributes
3476@cindex attributes, symbol
3477Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3478``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3479attributes.
3480@ifset INTERNALS
3481The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3482@end ifset
3483
a4fb0134 3484If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3485all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3486symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3487would want.
3488
3489@menu
3490* Symbol Value:: Value
3491* Symbol Type:: Type
3492@ifset aout-bout
3493@ifset GENERIC
3494* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3495@end ifset
3496@ifclear GENERIC
3497@ifclear BOUT
3498* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3499@end ifclear
3500@ifset BOUT
3501* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3502@end ifset
3503@end ifclear
3504@end ifset
3505@ifset COFF
3506* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3507@end ifset
3508@ifset SOM
3509* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3510@end ifset
3511@end menu
3512
3513@node Symbol Value
3514@subsection Value
3515
3516@cindex value of a symbol
3517@cindex symbol value
3518The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3519location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3520number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3521Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3522as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3523symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3524called absolute.
3525
3526The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
35270 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3528@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3529same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3530name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3531common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3532bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3533allocated storage.
3534
3535@node Symbol Type
3536@subsection Type
3537
3538@cindex type of a symbol
3539@cindex symbol type
3540The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3541information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3542(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3543format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3544
3545@ifset aout-bout
3546@ifclear GENERIC
3547@ifset BOUT
3548@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3549@c better if it were available outside examples.
3550@need 1000
3551@node a.out Symbols
3552@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3553
3554@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3555@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3556These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3557one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3558@code{b.out}.
3559
3560@end ifset
3561@ifclear BOUT
3562@node a.out Symbols
3563@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3564
3565@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3566@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3567
3568@end ifclear
3569@end ifclear
3570@ifset GENERIC
3571@node a.out Symbols
3572@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3573
3574@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3575@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3576
3577@end ifset
3578@menu
3579* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3580* Symbol Other:: Other
3581@end menu
3582
3583@node Symbol Desc
3584@subsubsection Descriptor
3585
3586@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3587This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3588descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3589(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3590@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3591
3592@node Symbol Other
3593@subsubsection Other
3594
3595@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3596This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3597@end ifset
3598
3599@ifset COFF
3600@node COFF Symbols
3601@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3602
3603@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3604@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3605
3606The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3607like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3608@code{.endef} directives.
3609
3610@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3611
3612@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3613The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3614respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3615
3616@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3617
3618@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3619The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3620@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3621table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3622@end ifset
3623
3624@ifset SOM
3625@node SOM Symbols
3626@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3627
3628@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3629@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3630
3631The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3632the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3633
01642c12 3634The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3635Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3636@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3637@end ifset
3638
3639@node Expressions
3640@chapter Expressions
3641
3642@cindex expressions
3643@cindex addresses
3644@cindex numeric values
3645An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3646Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3647
3648The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3649a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3650enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3651section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3652the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3653@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3654
3655@menu
3656* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3657* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3658@end menu
3659
3660@node Empty Exprs
3661@section Empty Expressions
3662
3663@cindex empty expressions
3664@cindex expressions, empty
3665An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3666Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3667expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3668is compatible with other assemblers.
3669
3670@node Integer Exprs
3671@section Integer Expressions
3672
3673@cindex integer expressions
3674@cindex expressions, integer
3675An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3676by @emph{operators}.
3677
3678@menu
3679* Arguments:: Arguments
3680* Operators:: Operators
3681* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3682* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3683@end menu
3684
3685@node Arguments
3686@subsection Arguments
3687
3688@cindex expression arguments
3689@cindex arguments in expressions
3690@cindex operands in expressions
3691@cindex arithmetic operands
3692@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3693contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3694this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3695the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3696expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3697instruction operands.
3698
3699Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3700@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3701or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3702integer.
3703
3704Numbers are usually integers.
3705
3706A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3707that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3708these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3709instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3710assemblers.
3711
3712@cindex subexpressions
3713Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3714expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3715operator followed by an argument.
3716
3717@node Operators
3718@subsection Operators
3719
3720@cindex operators, in expressions
3721@cindex arithmetic functions
3722@cindex functions, in expressions
3723@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3724operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3725between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3726whitespace.
3727
3728@node Prefix Ops
3729@subsection Prefix Operator
3730
3731@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3732@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3733one argument, which must be absolute.
3734
3735@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3736@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3737@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3738@tex
3739\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3740@end tex
3741
3742@table @code
3743@item -
3744@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3745@item ~
3746@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3747@end table
3748
3749@tex
3750\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3751@end tex
3752
3753@node Infix Ops
3754@subsection Infix Operators
3755
3756@cindex infix operators
3757@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3758@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3759have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3760to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3761absolute, and the result is absolute.
3762
3763@enumerate
3764@cindex operator precedence
3765@cindex precedence of operators
3766
3767@item
3768Highest Precedence
3769
3770@table @code
3771@item *
3772@dfn{Multiplication}.
3773
3774@item /
3775@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3776
3777@item %
3778@dfn{Remainder}.
3779
d1eac9d9 3780@item <<
252b5132
RH
3781@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3782
d1eac9d9 3783@item >>
252b5132
RH
3784@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3785@end table
3786
3787@item
3788Intermediate precedence
3789
3790@table @code
3791@item |
3792
3793@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3794
3795@item &
3796@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3797
3798@item ^
3799@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3800
3801@item !
3802@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3803@end table
3804
3805@item
b131d4dc 3806Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3807
3808@table @code
3809@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3810@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3811@cindex arguments for addition
3812@item +
3813@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3814the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3815sections.
3816
3817@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3818@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3819@cindex arguments for subtraction
3820@item -
3821@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3822result has the section of the left argument.
3823If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3824You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3825@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3826
3827@cindex comparison expressions
3828@cindex expressions, comparison
3829@item ==
3830@dfn{Is Equal To}
3831@item <>
723a8472 3832@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3833@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3834@item <
3835@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3836@item >
b131d4dc 3837@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3838@item >=
b131d4dc 3839@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3840@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3841@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3842
3843The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3844value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3845perform signed comparisons.
3846@end table
3847
3848@item Lowest Precedence
3849
3850@table @code
3851@item &&
3852@dfn{Logical And}.
3853
3854@item ||
3855@dfn{Logical Or}.
3856
3857These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3858expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3859value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3860or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3861
252b5132
RH
3862@end table
3863@end enumerate
3864
3865In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3866address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3867
3868@node Pseudo Ops
3869@chapter Assembler Directives
3870
3871@cindex directives, machine independent
3872@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3873@cindex machine independent directives
3874All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3875The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3876
3877This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3878target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3879@ifset GENERIC
3880Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3881@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3882@end ifset
3883@ifclear GENERIC
3884@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3885@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3886@end ifset
3887@end ifclear
3888
3889@menu
3890* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3891@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3892* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3893@end ifset
f0dc282c 3894
252b5132 3895* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 3896* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
3897* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3898* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3899* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
3900* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 3901* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 3902* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
3903* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
3904@ifset COFF
3905* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
3906@end ifset
3907@ifset aout-bout
3908* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
3909@end ifset
3910@ifset COFF
3911* Dim:: @code{.dim}
3912@end ifset
f0dc282c 3913
252b5132
RH
3914* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
3915* Eject:: @code{.eject}
3916* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 3917* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
3918* End:: @code{.end}
3919@ifset COFF
3920* Endef:: @code{.endef}
3921@end ifset
f0dc282c 3922
252b5132
RH
3923* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
3924* Endif:: @code{.endif}
3925* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3926* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 3927* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 3928* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 3929* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
3930* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
3931* Extern:: @code{.extern}
3932* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 3933* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
3934* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
3935* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 3936* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 3937* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 3938@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 3939* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
3940* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
3941@end ifset
f0dc282c 3942
252b5132
RH
3943* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
3944* Ident:: @code{.ident}
3945* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 3946* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
3947* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
3948* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
3949@ifset ELF
3950* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
3951@end ifset
f0dc282c 3952
252b5132
RH
3953* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3954* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3955* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
3956* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
3957@ifclear no-line-dir
3958* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
3959@end ifclear
f0dc282c 3960
252b5132
RH
3961* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
3962* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 3963* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
3964* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
3965* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
3966@ifset ELF
3967* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
3968@end ifset
bd0eb99b 3969
252b5132
RH
3970* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
3971@ignore
3972* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3973@end ignore
f0dc282c 3974
252b5132
RH
3975* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
3976* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 3977* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
3978* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
3979* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
85234291
L
3980* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
3981* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
3982@ifset ELF
3983* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
3984* Previous:: @code{.previous}
3985@end ifset
f0dc282c 3986
252b5132 3987* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
3988@ifset ELF
3989* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
3990@end ifset
f0dc282c 3991
252b5132
RH
3992* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
3993* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
3994@ifset ELF
3995* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
3996@end ifset
f0dc282c 3997
252b5132 3998* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 3999* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4000* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4001* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4002@ifset COFF
4003* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4004@end ifset
4005@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4006* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4007@end ifset
f0dc282c 4008
252b5132
RH
4009* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4010* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4011* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4012@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4013* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4014@end ifset
884f0d36 4015@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4016* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4017@end ifclear
4018
252b5132 4019* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4020@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4021* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4022@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4023@ifset have-stabs
4024* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4025@end ifset
f0dc282c 4026
38a57ae7 4027* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4028* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4029@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4030* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4031* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4032@end ifset
f0dc282c 4033
252b5132
RH
4034@ifset COFF
4035* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4036@end ifset
f0dc282c 4037
252b5132
RH
4038* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4039* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4040@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4041* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4042@end ifset
4043
c91d2e08 4044* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4045@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4046* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4047@end ifset
f0dc282c 4048
2e13b764 4049@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4050* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4051* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4052* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4053@end ifset
f0dc282c 4054
d190d046 4055* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4056* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4057* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4058* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4059* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4060@end menu
4061
4062@node Abort
4063@section @code{.abort}
4064
4065@cindex @code{abort} directive
4066@cindex stopping the assembly
4067This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4068compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4069assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4070of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4071quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4072
4073@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4074@node ABORT (COFF)
4075@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4076
4077@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4078When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4079synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4080
4081@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4082When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4083but ignores it.
4084@end ifset
4085@end ifset
4086
4087@node Align
4088@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4089
4090@cindex padding the location counter
4091@cindex @code{align} directive
4092Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4093boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4094required, as described below.
4095
4096The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4097padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4098padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4099marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4100with no-op instructions.
4101
4102The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4103it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4104directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4105specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4106fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4107required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4108with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4109
4110The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4111For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4112s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4113alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4114the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4115is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4116first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4117
9e9a9798 4118For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4119strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4120number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4121advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4122counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4123multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4124
4125This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4126native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4127GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4128described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4129architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4130
ccf8a69b
BW
4131@node Altmacro
4132@section @code{.altmacro}
4133Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4134
4135@ftable @code
4136@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4137One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4138generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4139replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4140replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4141separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4142define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4143
4144@item String delimiters
4145You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4146@code{"@var{string}"}:
4147
4148@table @code
4149@item '@var{string}'
4150You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4151
4152@item <@var{string}>
4153You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4154@end table
4155
4156@item single-character string escape
4157To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4158character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4159character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4160write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4161
4162@item Expression results as strings
4163You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4164and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4165@end ftable
4166
252b5132
RH
4167@node Ascii
4168@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4169
4170@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4171@cindex string literals
4172@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4173separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4174trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4175
4176@node Asciz
4177@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4178
4179@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4180@cindex zero-terminated strings
4181@cindex null-terminated strings
4182@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4183a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4184
4185@node Balign
4186@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4187
4188@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4189@cindex @code{balign} directive
4190Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4191storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4192alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4193the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4194is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4195
4196The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4197padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4198padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4199marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4200with no-op instructions.
4201
4202The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4203it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4204directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4205specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4206fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4207required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4208with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4209
4210@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4211@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4212The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4213@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4214pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4215fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
42164,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4217filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4218the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4219undefined.
4220
4221@node Byte
4222@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4223
4224@cindex @code{byte} directive
4225@cindex integers, one byte
4226@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4227Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4228
54cfded0 4229@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4230@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4231@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4232@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4233should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4234If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4235if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4236To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4237directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4238
4b7d318b 4239@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4240@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4241@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4242should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4243data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4244@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4245
01642c12 4246Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4247it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4248
54cfded0
AM
4249@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4250@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4251@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4252unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4253@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4254
9b8ae42e
JJ
4255@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4256@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4257@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4258should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4259argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4260a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4261the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4262can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4263The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4264no personality routine.
4265
4266@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4267@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4268@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4269should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4270argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4271or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4272no LSDA.
4273
54cfded0 4274@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4275@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4276address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4277
4278@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4279@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4280now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4281remains the same.
4282
4283@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4284@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4285remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4286absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4287CFA address.
4288
4289@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4290Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4291value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4292
4293@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4294Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4295CFA.
54cfded0 4296
17076204
RH
4297@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4298Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4299the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4300using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4301This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4302code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4303
4b7d318b
L
4304@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4305Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4306
4307@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4308@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4309same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4310instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4311
4312@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4313From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4314
4315@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4316Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4317i.e. no restoration needed.
4318
01642c12
RM
4319@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4320First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4321then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4322everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4323the previous saved state.
4324
4325@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4326Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4327directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4328
63752a75
JJ
4329@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4330Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4331
6749011b 4332@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4333SPARC register window has been saved.
4334
cdfbf930
RH
4335@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4336Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4337might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4338opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4339
f1c4cc75
RH
4340@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4341The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4342will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4343description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4344
4345The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4346limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4347mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4348by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4349or another register.
4350
ccf8a69b
BW
4351@node Comm
4352@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4353
ccf8a69b
BW
4354@cindex @code{comm} directive
4355@cindex symbol, common
4356@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4357common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4358of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4359definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4360allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4361absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4362the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4363using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4364
c1711530
DK
4365@ifset COFF-ELF
4366When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4367an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4368specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4369that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4370as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4371boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4372power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4373common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4374alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4375largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4376maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4377is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4378@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4379multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4380It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4381(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4382@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4383
ccf8a69b
BW
4384@ifset HPPA
4385The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4386@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4387@end ifset
07a53e5c 4388
252b5132
RH
4389@node Data
4390@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4391
4392@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4393@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4394end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4395absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4396to zero.
4397
4398@ifset COFF
4399@node Def
4400@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4401
4402@cindex @code{def} directive
4403@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4404@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4405Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4406definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4407@ifset BOUT
4408
a4fb0134 4409This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4410format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4411but ignored.
4412@end ifset
4413@end ifset
4414
4415@ifset aout-bout
4416@node Desc
4417@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4418
4419@cindex @code{desc} directive
4420@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4421@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4422This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4423to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4424
4425@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4426The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4427configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4428object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4429it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4430@end ifset
4431@end ifset
4432
4433@ifset COFF
4434@node Dim
4435@section @code{.dim}
4436
4437@cindex @code{dim} directive
4438@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4439@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4440This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4441information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4442@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4443@ifset BOUT
4444
4445@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4446@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4447ignores it.
4448@end ifset
4449@end ifset
4450
4451@node Double
4452@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4453
4454@cindex @code{double} directive
4455@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4456@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4457assembles floating point numbers.
4458@ifset GENERIC
4459The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4460@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4461@end ifset
4462@ifclear GENERIC
4463@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4464On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4465in @sc{ieee} format.
4466@end ifset
4467@end ifclear
4468
4469@node Eject
4470@section @code{.eject}
4471
4472@cindex @code{eject} directive
4473@cindex new page, in listings
4474@cindex page, in listings
4475@cindex listing control: new page
4476Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4477
4478@node Else
4479@section @code{.else}
4480
4481@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4482@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4483assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4484of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4485was false.
4486
3fd9f047
TW
4487@node Elseif
4488@section @code{.elseif}
4489
4490@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4491@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4492assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4493@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4494
252b5132
RH
4495@node End
4496@section @code{.end}
4497
4498@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4499@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4500process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4501
4502@ifset COFF
4503@node Endef
4504@section @code{.endef}
4505
4506@cindex @code{endef} directive
4507This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4508@code{.def}.
4509@ifset BOUT
4510
4511@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4512@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4513directive but ignores it.
4514@end ifset
4515@end ifset
4516
4517@node Endfunc
4518@section @code{.endfunc}
4519@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4520@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4521
4522@node Endif
4523@section @code{.endif}
4524
4525@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4526@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4527it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4528conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4529
4530@node Equ
4531@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4532
4533@cindex @code{equ} directive
4534@cindex assigning values to symbols
4535@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4536This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4537It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4538
4539@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4540The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4541@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4542@end ifset
4543
3c9b82ba 4544@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4545The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4546@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4547On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4548but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4549Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4550@end ifset
4551
252b5132
RH
4552@node Equiv
4553@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4554@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4555The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4556the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4557symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4558undefined.
252b5132 4559
01642c12 4560Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4561@smallexample
4562.ifdef SYM
4563.err
4564.endif
4565.equ SYM,VAL
4566@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4567plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4568
4569@node Eqv
4570@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4571@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4572The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4573evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4574the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4575value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4576
4577@node Err
4578@section @code{.err}
4579@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4580If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4581message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4582object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4583
d190d046
HPN
4584@node Error
4585@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4586@cindex error directive
4587
4588Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4589string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4590message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4591@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4592
4593@smallexample
4594 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4595@end smallexample
4596
252b5132
RH
4597@node Exitm
4598@section @code{.exitm}
4599Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4600
4601@node Extern
4602@section @code{.extern}
4603
4604@cindex @code{extern} directive
4605@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4606with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4607all undefined symbols as external.
4608
4609@node Fail
4610@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4611
4612@cindex @code{fail} directive
4613Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4614or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4615than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4616include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4617complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4618
252b5132 4619@node File
14082c76 4620@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4621@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4622
4623@ifclear no-file-dir
4624There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4625that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4626@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4627
4628@subheading Default Version
4629
252b5132
RH
4630@cindex logical file name
4631@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4632This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4633are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4634
4635@smallexample
4636.file @var{string}
4637@end smallexample
4638
4639@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4640recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4641to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4642statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4643old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4644
4645@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4646@end ifclear
4647
14082c76
BW
4648When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4649to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4650
4651@smallexample
4652.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4653@end smallexample
4654
4655The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4656index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4657literal.
4658
4659The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4660table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4661information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4662entries will have.
4663
252b5132
RH
4664@node Fill
4665@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4666
4667@cindex @code{fill} directive
4668@cindex writing patterns in memory
4669@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4670@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4671This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4672may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4673more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4674other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4675is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4676zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4677byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4678Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4679@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4680compatible with other people's assemblers.
4681
4682@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4683If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4684assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4685@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4686
4687@node Float
4688@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4689
4690@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4691@cindex @code{float} directive
4692This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4693has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4694@ifset GENERIC
4695The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4696@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4697@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4698@end ifset
4699@ifclear GENERIC
4700@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4701On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4702in @sc{ieee} format.
4703@end ifset
4704@end ifclear
4705
4706@node Func
4707@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4708@cindex @code{func} directive
4709@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4710is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4711Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4712@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4713prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4714@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4715All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4716The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4717
4718@node Global
4719@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4720
4721@cindex @code{global} directive
4722@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4723@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4724@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4725other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4726@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4727from another file linked into the same program.
4728
4729Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4730compatibility with other assemblers.
4731
4732@ifset HPPA
4733On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4734partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4735@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4736@end ifset
4737
c91d2e08 4738@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4739@node Gnu_attribute
4740@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4741Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4742
c91d2e08
NC
4743@node Hidden
4744@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4745
c1253627
NC
4746@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4747@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4748This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4749@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 4750@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4751
4752This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4753their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4754@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 4755Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
4756@end ifset
4757
252b5132
RH
4758@node hword
4759@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4760
4761@cindex @code{hword} directive
4762@cindex integers, 16-bit
4763@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4764@cindex sixteen bit integers
4765This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4766a 16 bit number for each.
4767
4768@ifset GENERIC
4769This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4770architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4771@end ifset
4772@ifclear GENERIC
4773@ifset W32
4774This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4775@end ifset
4776@ifset W16
4777This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4778@end ifset
4779@end ifclear
4780
4781@node Ident
4782@section @code{.ident}
4783
4784@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4785
4786This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4787behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4788a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4789source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4790for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4791@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4792emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4793
4794@node If
4795@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4796
4797@cindex conditional assembly
4798@cindex @code{if} directive
4799@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4800considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4801(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4802the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4803(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4804alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4805If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4806nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4807
4808The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4809@table @code
4810@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4811@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4812Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4813has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4814is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4815
26aca5f6
JB
4816@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4817@item .ifb @var{text}
4818Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4819
252b5132
RH
4820@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4821@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4822Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4823strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4824the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4825end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4826string comparison is case sensitive.
4827
4828@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4829@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4830Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4831
4832@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4833@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4834Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4835
4836@cindex @code{ifge} directive
4837@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
4838Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
4839equal to zero.
4840
4841@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
4842@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
4843Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
4844
4845@cindex @code{ifle} directive
4846@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
4847Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
4848to zero.
4849
4850@cindex @code{iflt} directive
4851@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
4852Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
4853
26aca5f6
JB
4854@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
4855@item .ifnb @var{text}
4856Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4857following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
4858
252b5132
RH
4859@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
4860@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
4861Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4862following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4863
4864@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
4865@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
4866@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
4867@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
4868Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4869has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
4870which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
4871
4872@cindex @code{ifne} directive
4873@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
4874Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
4875(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
4876
4877@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
4878@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
4879Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4880following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4881@end table
4882
7e005732
NC
4883@node Incbin
4884@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
4885
4886@cindex @code{incbin} directive
4887@cindex binary files, including
4888The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
4889location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
4890option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4891around @var{file}.
4892
4893The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
4894@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
4895read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
4896responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
4897after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 4898
252b5132
RH
4899@node Include
4900@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4901
4902@cindex @code{include} directive
4903@cindex supporting files, including
4904@cindex files, including
4905This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
4906points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
4907if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
4908included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
4909can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
4910(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4911around @var{file}.
4912
4913@node Int
4914@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
4915
4916@cindex @code{int} directive
4917@cindex integers, 32-bit
4918Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
4919For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
4920expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
4921of target the assembly is for.
4922
4923@ifclear GENERIC
4924@ifset H8
7be1c489 4925On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 4926integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
492732-bit integers.
4928@end ifset
4929@end ifclear
4930
c91d2e08
NC
4931@ifset ELF
4932@node Internal
4933@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
4934
c1253627
NC
4935@cindex @code{internal} directive
4936@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4937This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4938@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 4939@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4940
4941This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4942their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4943@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 4944(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
4945processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
4946@end ifset
4947
252b5132
RH
4948@node Irp
4949@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4950
4951@cindex @code{irp} directive
4952Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
4953The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
4954terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
4955set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
4956@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
4957@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
4958sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
4959
4960For example, assembling
4961
4962@example
4963 .irp param,1,2,3
4964 move d\param,sp@@-
4965 .endr
4966@end example
4967
4968is equivalent to assembling
4969
4970@example
4971 move d1,sp@@-
4972 move d2,sp@@-
4973 move d3,sp@@-
4974@end example
4975
96e9638b 4976For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 4977
252b5132
RH
4978@node Irpc
4979@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4980
4981@cindex @code{irpc} directive
4982Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
4983The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
4984terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
4985@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
4986assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
4987assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
4988@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
4989
4990For example, assembling
4991
4992@example
4993 .irpc param,123
4994 move d\param,sp@@-
4995 .endr
4996@end example
4997
4998is equivalent to assembling
4999
5000@example
5001 move d1,sp@@-
5002 move d2,sp@@-
5003 move d3,sp@@-
5004@end example
5005
5e75c3ab
JB
5006For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5007at @xref{Macro}.
5008
252b5132
RH
5009@node Lcomm
5010@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5011
5012@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5013@cindex local common symbols
5014@cindex symbols, local common
5015Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5016denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5017those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5018section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5019is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5020not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5021
5022@ifset GENERIC
5023Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5024argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5025@end ifset
5026
5027@ifset HPPA
5028The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5029@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5030@end ifset
5031
5032@node Lflags
5033@section @code{.lflags}
5034
5035@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5036@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5037assemblers, but ignores it.
5038
5039@ifclear no-line-dir
5040@node Line
5041@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5042
5043@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5044@cindex logical line number
5045@ifset aout-bout
5046Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5047expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5048statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5049reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5050@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5051for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5052@end ifset
5053
252b5132 5054Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5055@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5056when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5057were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5058@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5059
5060Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5061used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5062debugging.
5063@end ifclear
5064
5065@node Linkonce
5066@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5067@cindex COMDAT
5068@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5069@cindex common sections
5070Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5071This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5072but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5073The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5074Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5075unique.
5076
5077This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5078writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5079Executable format used on Windows NT.
5080
5081The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5082following strings. For example:
5083@smallexample
5084.linkonce same_size
5085@end smallexample
5086Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5087
5088@table @code
5089@item discard
5090Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5091
5092@item one_only
5093Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5094
5095@item same_size
5096Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5097
5098@item same_contents
5099Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5100@end table
5101
ccf8a69b
BW
5102@node List
5103@section @code{.list}
5104
5105@cindex @code{list} directive
5106@cindex listing control, turning on
5107Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5108not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5109internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5110counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5111generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5112
5113By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5114@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5115the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5116
252b5132
RH
5117@node Ln
5118@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5119
5120@cindex @code{ln} directive
5121@ifclear no-line-dir
5122@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5123@end ifclear
5124@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5125Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5126must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5127line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5128statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5129line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5130@ifset BOUT
5131
a4fb0134 5132This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5133configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5134output format.
5135@end ifset
5136@end ifset
5137
ccf8a69b
BW
5138@node Loc
5139@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5140@cindex @code{loc} directive
5141When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5142the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5143number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5144instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5145arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5146the row is added.
252b5132 5147
ccf8a69b
BW
5148The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5149
5150@table @code
5151@item basic_block
5152This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5153@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5154
5155@item prologue_end
5156This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5157@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5158
5159@item epilogue_begin
5160This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5161@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5162
5163@item is_stmt @var{value}
5164This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5165@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5166either 0 or 1.
5167
5168@item isa @var{value}
5169This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5170state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5171
92846e72
CC
5172@item discriminator @var{value}
5173This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5174state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5175
ccf8a69b
BW
5176@end table
5177
5178@node Loc_mark_labels
5179@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5180@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5181When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5182the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5183to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5184register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5185The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5186this function respectively.
252b5132 5187
4d4175af
BW
5188@ifset ELF
5189@node Local
5190@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5191
5192@cindex @code{local} directive
5193This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5194the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5195will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5196they will be created.
5197
5198For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5199accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5200the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5201(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5202@end ifset
5203
252b5132
RH
5204@node Long
5205@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5206
5207@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5208@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5209
5210@ignore
5211@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5212@c what it really ought to do
5213@node Lsym
5214@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5215
5216@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5217@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5218@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5219the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5220rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5221the same as the expression value:
5222@smallexample
5223@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5224@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5225@var{value} = @var{expression}
5226@end smallexample
5227@noindent
5228The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5229@end ignore
5230
5231@node Macro
5232@section @code{.macro}
5233
5234@cindex macros
5235The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5236generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5237@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5238
5239@example
5240 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5241 .long \from
5242 .if \to-\from
5243 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5244 .endif
5245 .endm
5246@end example
5247
5248@noindent
5249With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5250
5251@example
5252 .long 0
5253 .long 1
5254 .long 2
5255 .long 3
5256 .long 4
5257 .long 5
5258@end example
5259
5260@ftable @code
5261@item .macro @var{macname}
5262@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5263@cindex @code{macro} directive
5264Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5265definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5266separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5267indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5268@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5269(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5270macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5271cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5272subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5273definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5274
5275@table @code
5276@item .macro comm
5277Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5278arguments.
5279
6258339f 5280@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5281@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5282Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5283which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5284@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5285
5286@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5287Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5288arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5289After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5290@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5291@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5292,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5293@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5294
6eaeac8a
JB
5295@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5296Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5297arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5298not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5299will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5300
252b5132
RH
5301When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5302position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5303@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5304
6258339f
NC
5305@end table
5306
5e75c3ab
JB
5307Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5308as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5309occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5310characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5311(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5312architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5313character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5314replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5315construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5316identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5317this macro definition:
5318
5319@example
5320 .macro label l
5321\l:
5322 .endm
5323@end example
5324
5325might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5326called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5327assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5328identifier.
5329
5330Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5331which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5332for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5333length specifier like this:
5334
5335@example
5336 .macro opcode base length
5337 \base.\length
5338 .endm
5339@end example
5340
5341and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5342instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5343interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5344
5345There are several possible ways around this problem:
5346
5347@table @code
5348@item Insert white space
5349If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5350solution. eg:
5351
5352@example
5353 .macro label l
5354\l :
5355 .endm
5356@end example
5357
5358@item Use @samp{\()}
5359The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5360the following text. eg:
5361
5362@example
5363 .macro opcode base length
5364 \base\().\length
5365 .endm
5366@end example
5367
5368@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5369In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5370used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5371
5372@example
5373 .altmacro
5374 .macro label l
5375l&:
5376 .endm
5377@end example
6258339f 5378@end table
5e75c3ab 5379
96e9638b 5380Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5381also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5382and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5383
252b5132
RH
5384@item .endm
5385@cindex @code{endm} directive
5386Mark the end of a macro definition.
5387
5388@item .exitm
5389@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5390Exit early from the current macro definition.
5391
5392@cindex number of macros executed
5393@cindex macros, count executed
5394@item \@@
a4fb0134 5395@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5396executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5397output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5398
252b5132
RH
5399@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5400@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5401macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5402@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5403@end ftable
252b5132 5404
ccf8a69b
BW
5405@node MRI
5406@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5407
ccf8a69b
BW
5408@cindex @code{mri} directive
5409@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5410If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5411@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5412affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5413of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5414
caa32fe5
NC
5415@node Noaltmacro
5416@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5417Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5418
252b5132
RH
5419@node Nolist
5420@section @code{.nolist}
5421
5422@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5423@cindex listing control, turning off
5424Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5425not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5426internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5427counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5428generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5429
5430@node Octa
5431@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5432
5433@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5434@cindex @code{octa} directive
5435@cindex integer, 16-byte
5436@cindex sixteen byte integer
5437This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5438bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5439
5440The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5441hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5442
5443@node Org
5444@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5445
5446@cindex @code{org} directive
5447@cindex location counter, advancing
5448@cindex advancing location counter
5449@cindex current address, advancing
5450Advance the location counter of the current section to
5451@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5452expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5453you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5454wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5455with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5456@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5457is the same as the current subsection.
5458
5459@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5460unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5461backwards.
5462
5463@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5464@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5465@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5466Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5467may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5468a chance to share your improved assembler.
5469
5470Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5471to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5472people's assemblers.
5473
5474When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5475intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5476absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5477@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5478
5479@node P2align
5480@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5481
5482@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5483@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5484Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5485storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5486number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5487advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5488counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5489multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5490
5491The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5492padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5493padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5494marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5495with no-op instructions.
5496
5497The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5498it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5499directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5500specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5501fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5502required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5503with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5504
5505@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5506@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5507The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5508@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5509pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5510fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
55112,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5512filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5513the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5514undefined.
5515
ccf8a69b
BW
5516@ifset ELF
5517@node PopSection
5518@section @code{.popsection}
5519
5520@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5521@cindex Section Stack
5522This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5523@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5524@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5525(@pxref{Previous}).
5526
5527This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5528section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5529stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5530@end ifset
5531
c91d2e08
NC
5532@ifset ELF
5533@node Previous
5534@section @code{.previous}
5535
c1253627 5536@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5537@cindex Section Stack
5538This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5539@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5540@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5541(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5542
5543This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5544referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5545@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5546subsections). For example:
5547
5548@smallexample
5549.section A
5550 .subsection 1
5551 .word 0x1234
5552 .subsection 2
5553 .word 0x5678
5554.previous
5555 .word 0x9abc
5556@end smallexample
5557
5558Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5559section A. Whilst:
5560
5561@smallexample
5562.section A
5563.subsection 1
5564 # Now in section A subsection 1
5565 .word 0x1234
5566.section B
5567.subsection 0
5568 # Now in section B subsection 0
5569 .word 0x5678
5570.subsection 1
5571 # Now in section B subsection 1
5572 .word 0x9abc
5573.previous
5574 # Now in section B subsection 0
5575 .word 0xdef0
5576@end smallexample
5577
5578Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5579section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5580
5581In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5582the top section on the section stack.
5583@end ifset
5584
252b5132
RH
5585@node Print
5586@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5587
5588@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5589@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5590assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5591
c91d2e08
NC
5592@ifset ELF
5593@node Protected
5594@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5595
c1253627
NC
5596@cindex @code{protected} directive
5597@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5598This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5599@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5600
5601This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5602their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5603@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5604components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5605component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5606this.
c91d2e08
NC
5607@end ifset
5608
252b5132
RH
5609@node Psize
5610@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5611
5612@cindex @code{psize} directive
5613@cindex listing control: paper size
5614@cindex paper size, for listings
5615Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5616number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5617
5618If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5619of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5620default width is 200 columns.
5621
a4fb0134 5622@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5623lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5624@code{.eject}).
5625
5626If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5627those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5628
5629@node Purgem
5630@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5631
5632@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5633Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5634expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5635
c91d2e08
NC
5636@ifset ELF
5637@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5638@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5639
c1253627 5640@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5641@cindex Section Stack
5642This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5643@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5644@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5645(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5646
e9863d7f
DJ
5647This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5648top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5649subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5650@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5651as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5652@end ifset
5653
252b5132
RH
5654@node Quad
5655@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5656
5657@cindex @code{quad} directive
5658@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5659each bignum, it emits
5660@ifclear bignum-16
5661an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5662warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5663@cindex eight-byte integer
5664@cindex integer, 8-byte
5665
5666The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5667hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5668@end ifclear
5669@ifset bignum-16
5670a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5671warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5672@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5673@cindex integer, 16-byte
5674@end ifset
5675
05e9452c
AM
5676@node Reloc
5677@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5678
5679@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5680Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5681@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5682the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5683symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5684@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5685absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5686targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5687relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5688section.
5689
252b5132
RH
5690@node Rept
5691@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5692
5693@cindex @code{rept} directive
5694Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5695@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5696
5697For example, assembling
5698
5699@example
5700 .rept 3
5701 .long 0
5702 .endr
5703@end example
5704
5705is equivalent to assembling
5706
5707@example
5708 .long 0
5709 .long 0
5710 .long 0
5711@end example
5712
5713@node Sbttl
5714@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5715
5716@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5717@cindex subtitles for listings
5718@cindex listing control: subtitle
5719Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5720title line) when generating assembly listings.
5721
5722This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5723it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5724
5725@ifset COFF
5726@node Scl
5727@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5728
5729@cindex @code{scl} directive
5730@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5731@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5732Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5733used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5734whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5735symbolic debugging information.
5736@ifset BOUT
5737
5738The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5739configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5740accepts this directive but ignores it.
5741@end ifset
5742@end ifset
5743
c1253627 5744@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5745@node Section
c1253627 5746@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5747
252b5132
RH
5748@cindex named section
5749Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5750named @var{name}.
5751
5752This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5753named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5754with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5755
c1253627
NC
5756@ifset COFF
5757@ifset ELF
5758@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5759@subheading COFF Version
5760@end ifset
5761
5762@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5763For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5764ways:
c91d2e08 5765
252b5132
RH
5766@smallexample
5767.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5768.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5769@end smallexample
5770
5771If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5772section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5773@table @code
5774@item b
5775bss section (uninitialized data)
5776@item n
5777section is not loaded
5778@item w
5779writable section
5780@item d
5781data section
5782@item r
5783read-only section
5784@item x
5785executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5786@item s
5787shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5788@item a
5789ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
5790@item y
5791section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
5792@item 0-9
5793single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
5794@end table
5795
5796If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5797the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5798loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5799from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5800will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5801
5802If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5803taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5804@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5805
5806@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5807@ifset COFF
5808@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5809@subheading ELF Version
5810@end ifset
5811
c91d2e08
NC
5812@cindex Section Stack
5813This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 5814@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
5815(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5816@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5817
c1253627 5818@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5819For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5820
252b5132 5821@smallexample
7047dd1e 5822.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5823@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5824
252b5132 5825The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5826combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
5827@table @code
5828@item a
5829section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
5830@item e
5831section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
5832@item w
5833section is writable
5834@item x
5835section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
5836@item M
5837section is mergeable
5838@item S
5839section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
5840@item G
5841section is a member of a section group
5842@item T
5843section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
5844@item ?
5845section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
5846@end table
5847
5848The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
5849@table @code
5850@item @@progbits
5851section contains data
5852@item @@nobits
5853section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
5854@item @@note
5855section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
5856@item @@init_array
5857section contains an array of pointers to init functions
5858@item @@fini_array
5859section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
5860@item @@preinit_array
5861section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
5862@end table
5863
10b016c2
PB
5864Many targets only support the first three section types.
5865
ececec60
NC
5866Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
5867ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
5868@code{%} character.
5869
22fe14ad 5870If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 5871be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
5872
5873@smallexample
5874.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
5875@end smallexample
5876
5877Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
5878constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
5879@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
5880@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
5881the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
5882absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
5883which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
5884@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
5885@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
5886
5887If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
5888be present along with an additional field like this:
5889
5890@smallexample
5891.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5892@end smallexample
5893
5894The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
5895particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
5896@table @code
5897@item comdat
5898indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
5899@item .gnu.linkonce
5900an alias for comdat
5901@end table
5902
96e9638b 5903Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
5904the Merge flag should come first, like this:
5905
5906@smallexample
5907.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5908@end smallexample
ec38dd05 5909
01642c12
RM
5910If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
5911@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
5912present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
5913this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
5914@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
5915If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
5916
252b5132
RH
5917If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5918the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
5919none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
5920executable. The section will contain data.
5921
5922For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
5923directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 5924
252b5132
RH
5925@smallexample
5926.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
5927@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5928
252b5132
RH
5929Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
5930separated flags:
5931@table @code
5932@item #alloc
5933section is allocatable
5934@item #write
5935section is writable
5936@item #execinstr
5937section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
5938@item #exclude
5939section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
5940@item #tls
5941section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 5942@end table
c91d2e08 5943
e9863d7f
DJ
5944This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
5945contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
5946some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
5947work.
c1253627
NC
5948@end ifset
5949@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5950
5951@node Set
5952@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5953
5954@cindex @code{set} directive
5955@cindex symbol value, setting
5956Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
5957changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
5958@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
5959flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
5960
5961You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
5962
5963If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
5964file is the last value stored into it.
5965
3c9b82ba
NC
5966@ifset Z80
5967On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
5968@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
5969@end ifset
5970
252b5132
RH
5971@node Short
5972@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
5973
5974@cindex @code{short} directive
5975@ifset GENERIC
5976@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
5977@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
5978
5979In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 5980numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5981@end ifset
5982@ifclear GENERIC
5983@ifset W16
5984@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
5985@end ifset
5986@ifset W32
5987This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5988a 16 bit number for each.
5989@end ifset
5990@end ifclear
5991
5992@node Single
5993@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
5994
5995@cindex @code{single} directive
5996@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5997This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5998has the same effect as @code{.float}.
5999@ifset GENERIC
6000The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6001@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6002@end ifset
6003@ifclear GENERIC
6004@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6005On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6006numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6007@end ifset
6008@end ifclear
6009
c1253627 6010@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6011@node Size
c1253627 6012@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6013
c1253627
NC
6014This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6015
6016@ifset COFF
6017@ifset ELF
6018@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6019@subheading COFF Version
6020@end ifset
6021
6022@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6023For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6024@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6025
6026@smallexample
6027.size @var{expression}
6028@end smallexample
252b5132 6029
c91d2e08 6030@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6031@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6032@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6033ignores it.
6034@end ifset
c1253627 6035@end ifset
c91d2e08 6036
c1253627
NC
6037@ifset ELF
6038@ifset COFF
6039@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6040@subheading ELF Version
6041@end ifset
6042
6043@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6044For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6045
c1253627
NC
6046@smallexample
6047.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6048@end smallexample
6049
6050This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6051The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6052arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6053symbols.
c1253627
NC
6054@end ifset
6055@end ifset
252b5132 6056
252b5132
RH
6057@ifclear no-space-dir
6058@node Skip
6059@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6060
6061@cindex @code{skip} directive
6062@cindex filling memory
6063This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6064@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6065@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6066@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6067@end ifclear
252b5132 6068
ccf8a69b
BW
6069@node Sleb128
6070@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6071
6072@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6073@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6074compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6075symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6076
884f0d36 6077@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6078@node Space
6079@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6080
6081@cindex @code{space} directive
6082@cindex filling memory
6083This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6084@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6085and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6086as @samp{.skip}.
6087
6088@ifset HPPA
6089@quotation
6090@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6091targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6092Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6093@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6094for a summary.
6095@end quotation
6096@end ifset
6097@end ifclear
6098
252b5132
RH
6099@ifset have-stabs
6100@node Stab
6101@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6102
6103@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6104@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6105There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6106All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6107The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6108cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6109Up to five fields are required:
6110
6111@table @var
6112@item string
6113This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6114@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6115debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6116using this field.
6117
6118@item type
6119An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6120this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6121and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6122
6123@item other
6124An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6125low 8 bits of this expression.
6126
6127@item desc
6128An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6129bits of this expression.
6130
6131@item value
6132An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6133@end table
6134
6135If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6136or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6137you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6138compatible with earlier assemblers!
6139
6140@table @code
6141@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6142@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6143
6144The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6145It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6146null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6147strings.
6148
6149The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6150relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6151is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6152assembled.
6153
6154@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6155@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6156The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6157
6158@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6159@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6160All five fields are specified.
6161@end table
6162@end ifset
6163@c end have-stabs
6164
6165@node String
38a57ae7 6166@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6167"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6168
6169@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6170@cindex string8, copying to object file
6171@cindex string16, copying to object file
6172@cindex string32, copying to object file
6173@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6174@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6175@cindex @code{string8} directive
6176@cindex @code{string16} directive
6177@cindex @code{string32} directive
6178@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6179
6180Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6181one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6182particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6183You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6184
01642c12 6185The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6186the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6187copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6188are stored in target endianness byte order.
6189
6190Example:
6191@smallexample
6192 .string32 "BYE"
6193expands to:
6194 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6195 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6196@end smallexample
6197
6198
252b5132
RH
6199@node Struct
6200@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6201
6202@cindex @code{struct} directive
6203Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6204which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6205@smallexample
6206 .struct 0
6207field1:
6208 .struct field1 + 4
6209field2:
6210 .struct field2 + 4
6211field3:
6212@end smallexample
6213This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6214@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6215value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6216use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6217before further assembly.
6218
c91d2e08
NC
6219@ifset ELF
6220@node SubSection
6221@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6222
c1253627 6223@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6224@cindex Section Stack
6225This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6226@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6227@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6228(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6229
6230This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6231section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6232in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6233@end ifset
6234
252b5132
RH
6235@ifset ELF
6236@node Symver
6237@section @code{.symver}
6238@cindex @code{symver} directive
6239@cindex symbol versioning
6240@cindex versions of symbols
6241Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6242within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6243typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6244There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6245into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6246shared library.
6247
79082ff0 6248For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6249@smallexample
6250.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6251@end smallexample
339681c0 6252If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6253being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6254alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6255just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6256permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6257of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6258itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6259have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6260file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6261function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6262the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6263building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6264symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6265nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6266
6267If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6268references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6269reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6270symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6271
6272Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6273@smallexample
6274.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6275@end smallexample
6276In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6277the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6278difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6279references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6280
6281The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6282@smallexample
6283.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6284@end smallexample
6285When @var{name} is not defined within the
6286file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6287@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6288name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6289@end ifset
6290
6291@ifset COFF
6292@node Tag
6293@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6294
6295@cindex COFF structure debugging
6296@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6297@cindex @code{tag} directive
6298This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6299information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6300@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6301definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6302@ifset BOUT
6303
6304@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6305@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6306ignores it.
6307@end ifset
6308@end ifset
6309
6310@node Text
6311@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6312
6313@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6314Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6315the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6316expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6317is used.
6318
6319@node Title
6320@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6321
6322@cindex @code{title} directive
6323@cindex listing control: title line
6324Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6325source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6326
6327This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6328it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6329
c1253627 6330@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6331@node Type
c1253627
NC
6332@section @code{.type}
6333
6334This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6335
6336@ifset COFF
6337@ifset ELF
6338@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6339@subheading COFF Version
6340@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6341
6342@cindex COFF symbol type
6343@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6344@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6345For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6346@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6347
6348@smallexample
6349.type @var{int}
6350@end smallexample
6351
6352This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6353entry.
252b5132 6354
c91d2e08 6355@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6356@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6357@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6358directive but ignores it.
6359@end ifset
c1253627 6360@end ifset
c91d2e08 6361
c1253627
NC
6362@ifset ELF
6363@ifset COFF
6364@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6365@subheading ELF Version
6366@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6367
6368@cindex ELF symbol type
6369@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6370@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6371For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6372
6373@smallexample
6374.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6375@end smallexample
6376
6377This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6378function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6379supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6380compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6381
6382Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6383@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6384below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6385the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6386maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6387assemblers.
6388
6389The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6390
6391@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6392 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6393 .type <name>,#<type>
6394 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6395 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6396 .type <name>,"<type>"
6397@end smallexample
6398
6399The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6400
5671778d
NC
6401@table @gcctabopt
6402@item STT_FUNC
6403@itemx function
6404Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6405
d8045f23
NC
6406@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6407@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6408Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
6409processing. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6410
5671778d
NC
6411@item STT_OBJECT
6412@itemx object
6413Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6414
6415@item STT_TLS
6416@itemx tls_object
6417Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6418
6419@item STT_COMMON
6420@itemx common
6421Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6422
6423@item STT_NOTYPE
6424@itemx notype
6425Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6426
3e7a7d11
NC
6427@item gnu_unique_object
6428Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6429will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
6430name and type in use. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6431
5671778d
NC
6432@end table
6433
6434Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6435
c1253627
NC
6436@end ifset
6437@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6438
6439@node Uleb128
6440@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6441
6442@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6443@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6444compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6445symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6446
6447@ifset COFF
6448@node Val
6449@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6450
6451@cindex @code{val} directive
6452@cindex COFF value attribute
6453@cindex value attribute, COFF
6454This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6455records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6456entry.
6457@ifset BOUT
6458
a4fb0134 6459@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6460configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6461@end ifset
6462@end ifset
6463
2e13b764 6464@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6465@node Version
6466@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6467
c1253627 6468@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6469This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6470formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6471@end ifset
2e13b764 6472
c91d2e08
NC
6473@ifset ELF
6474@node VTableEntry
6475@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6476
653cfe85 6477@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6478This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6479@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6480
c91d2e08
NC
6481@node VTableInherit
6482@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6483
653cfe85 6484@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6485This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6486@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6487parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6488parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6489@end ifset
2e13b764 6490
d190d046
HPN
6491@node Warning
6492@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6493@cindex warning directive
6494Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6495(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6496
c91d2e08
NC
6497@node Weak
6498@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6499
c1253627 6500@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6501This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6502@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6503
01642c12 6504On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6505directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6506@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6507
977cdf5a 6508On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6509When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6510alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6511
06e77878
AO
6512@node Weakref
6513@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6514
6515@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6516This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6517be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6518If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6519will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6520symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6521
6522The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6523assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6524symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6525resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6526had the references to the alias removed.
6527
6528The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6529within the assembler.
6530
252b5132
RH
6531@node Word
6532@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6533
6534@cindex @code{word} directive
6535This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6536separated by commas.
6537@ifclear GENERIC
6538@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6539For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6540@end ifset
6541@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6542For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6543@end ifset
6544@end ifclear
6545@ifset GENERIC
6546
6547The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6548depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6549@end ifset
6550
6551@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6552@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6553@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6554@cindex difference tables altered
6555@cindex altered difference tables
6556@quotation
6557@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6558@end quotation
6559
6560@ifset GENERIC
6561Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6562addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6563interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6564@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6565
6566@end ifset
6567In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6568@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6569Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6570compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6571directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6572@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6573creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6574This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6575first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6576of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6577table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6578contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6579@code{sym2}.
6580
6581If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6582secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6583@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6584long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6585and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6586minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6587entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6588
6589@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6590@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6591@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6592assembly language programmers.
6593@end ifset
6594@end ifset
6595@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6596
6597@node Deprecated
6598@section Deprecated Directives
6599
6600@cindex deprecated directives
6601@cindex obsolescent directives
6602One day these directives won't work.
6603They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6604@table @t
6605@item .abort
6606@item .line
6607@end table
6608
3a99f02f
DJ
6609@ifset ELF
6610@node Object Attributes
6611@chapter Object Attributes
6612@cindex object attributes
6613
6614@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6615into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6616Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6617point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6618requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6619passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6620hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6621generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6622newer generation at run-time.
6623
6624This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6625@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6626time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6627correctly.
6628
6629Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6630attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6631string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6632and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6633or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6634attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6635
6636Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6637The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6638
6639@menu
6640* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6641* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6642@end menu
6643
6644@node GNU Object Attributes
6645@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6646
6647The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6648with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6649
6650Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6651its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6652an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
66532} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6654architecture-dependent ones.
6655
6656@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6657
6658These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6659
6660@table @r
6661@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6662The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6663the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6664then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6665than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6666arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6667@end table
6668
6669@subsection MIPS Attributes
6670
6671@table @r
6672@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6673The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6674
6675@itemize @bullet
6676@item
66770 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6678@item
66791 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6680FPU.
6681@item
66822 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6683@item
66843 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6685@item
66864 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6687double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6688purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6689@end itemize
6690@end table
6691
6692@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6693
6694@table @r
6695@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6696The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6697
6698@itemize @bullet
6699@item
67000 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6701@item
3c7b9897 67021 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6703@item
67042 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6705@item
67063 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6707@end itemize
6708
6709@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6710The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6711
6712@itemize @bullet
6713@item
67140 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6715@item
67161 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6717@item
67182 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6719@item
67203 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6721@end itemize
6722@end table
6723
6724@node Defining New Object Attributes
6725@section Defining New Object Attributes
6726
6727If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6728will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6729mailing list.
6730
6731@itemize @bullet
6732@item
6733This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6734@item
6735The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6736@item
6737The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6738and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6739@item
6740Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6741@item
6742@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6743@item
6744GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6745@end itemize
6746
6747@end ifset
6748
252b5132
RH
6749@ifset GENERIC
6750@node Machine Dependencies
6751@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6752
6753@cindex machine dependencies
6754The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6755each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6756vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6757directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6758assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6759@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6760optimization.
6761
6762This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6763include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6764subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6765
6766@menu
625e1353
RH
6767@ifset ALPHA
6768* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6769@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6770@ifset ARC
6771* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6772@end ifset
6773@ifset ARM
6774* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6775@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6776@ifset AVR
6777* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6778@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
6779@ifset Blackfin
6780* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 6781@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6782@ifset CR16
6783* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6784@end ifset
8bf549a8 6785@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6786* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6787@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6788@ifset D10V
6789* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6790@end ifset
6791@ifset D30V
6792* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6793@end ifset
6794@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6795* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6796@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6797@ifset HPPA
6798* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6799@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6800@ifset I370
6801* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6802@end ifset
252b5132 6803@ifset I80386
55b62671 6804* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6805@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6806@ifset I860
6807* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6808@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6809@ifset I960
6810* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6811@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6812@ifset IA64
6813* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6814@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6815@ifset IP2K
6816* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6817@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
6818@ifset LM32
6819* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
6820@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
6821@ifset M32C
6822* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
6823@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
6824@ifset M32R
6825* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
6826@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6827@ifset M680X0
6828* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
6829@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
6830@ifset M68HC11
6831* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
6832@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
6833@ifset MICROBLAZE
6834* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
6835@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6836@ifset MIPS
6837* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
6838@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
6839@ifset MMIX
6840* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
6841@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
6842@ifset MSP430
6843* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
6844@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
6845@ifset NS32K
6846* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
6847@end ifset
252b5132 6848@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
6849* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
6850* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6851@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
6852@ifset PDP11
6853* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
6854@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
6855@ifset PJ
6856* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
6857@end ifset
418c1742
MG
6858@ifset PPC
6859* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
6860@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
6861@ifset RX
6862* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
6863@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
6864@ifset S390
6865* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
6866@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
6867@ifset SCORE
6868* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
6869@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6870@ifset SPARC
6871* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
6872@end ifset
39bec121
TW
6873@ifset TIC54X
6874* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
6875@end ifset
40b36596
JM
6876@ifset TIC6X
6877* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
6878@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6879@ifset V850
6880* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
6881@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
6882@ifset XTENSA
6883* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
6884@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
6885@ifset Z80
6886* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
6887@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6888@ifset Z8000
6889* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
6890@end ifset
6891@ifset VAX
6892* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
6893@end ifset
6894@end menu
6895
6896@lowersections
6897@end ifset
6898
6899@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
6900@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
6901@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
6902@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
6903@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
6904@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
6905@c in both conditional blocks.
6906
625e1353
RH
6907@ifset ALPHA
6908@include c-alpha.texi
6909@end ifset
6910
6911@ifset ARC
6912@include c-arc.texi
6913@end ifset
6914
252b5132
RH
6915@ifset ARM
6916@include c-arm.texi
6917@end ifset
6918
8473f7a4
DC
6919@ifset AVR
6920@include c-avr.texi
6921@end ifset
6922
3b4e1885 6923@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
6924@include c-bfin.texi
6925@end ifset
6926
3d3d428f
NC
6927@ifset CR16
6928@include c-cr16.texi
6929@end ifset
6930
328eb32e
HPN
6931@ifset CRIS
6932@include c-cris.texi
6933@end ifset
6934
c2dcd04e 6935@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
6936@ifclear GENERIC
6937@node Machine Dependencies
6938@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6939
c2dcd04e 6940The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 6941and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 6942chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
6943family.
6944
6945@menu
c2dcd04e 6946* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 6947* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
6948@end menu
6949@lowersections
6950@end ifclear
6951@end ifset
6952
6953@ifset D10V
6954@include c-d10v.texi
6955@end ifset
6956
6957@ifset D30V
6958@include c-d30v.texi
6959@end ifset
6960
6961@ifset H8/300
6962@include c-h8300.texi
6963@end ifset
6964
252b5132
RH
6965@ifset HPPA
6966@include c-hppa.texi
6967@end ifset
6968
5b93d8bb
AM
6969@ifset I370
6970@include c-i370.texi
6971@end ifset
6972
252b5132
RH
6973@ifset I80386
6974@include c-i386.texi
6975@end ifset
6976
e3308d0d
JE
6977@ifset I860
6978@include c-i860.texi
6979@end ifset
6980
252b5132
RH
6981@ifset I960
6982@include c-i960.texi
6983@end ifset
6984
9e32ca89
NC
6985@ifset IA64
6986@include c-ia64.texi
6987@end ifset
6988
a40cbfa3
NC
6989@ifset IP2K
6990@include c-ip2k.texi
6991@end ifset
6992
84e94c90
NC
6993@ifset LM32
6994@include c-lm32.texi
6995@end ifset
6996
49f58d10
JB
6997@ifset M32C
6998@include c-m32c.texi
6999@end ifset
7000
ec694b89
NC
7001@ifset M32R
7002@include c-m32r.texi
7003@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7004
7005@ifset M680X0
7006@include c-m68k.texi
7007@end ifset
7008
60bcf0fa
NC
7009@ifset M68HC11
7010@include c-m68hc11.texi
7011@end ifset
7012
01642c12 7013@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7014@include c-microblaze.texi
7015@end ifset
7016
252b5132
RH
7017@ifset MIPS
7018@include c-mips.texi
7019@end ifset
7020
3c3bdf30
NC
7021@ifset MMIX
7022@include c-mmix.texi
7023@end ifset
7024
2469cfa2
NC
7025@ifset MSP430
7026@include c-msp430.texi
7027@end ifset
7028
252b5132
RH
7029@ifset NS32K
7030@include c-ns32k.texi
7031@end ifset
7032
e135f41b
NC
7033@ifset PDP11
7034@include c-pdp11.texi
7035@end ifset
7036
041dd5a9
ILT
7037@ifset PJ
7038@include c-pj.texi
7039@end ifset
7040
418c1742
MG
7041@ifset PPC
7042@include c-ppc.texi
7043@end ifset
7044
046d31c2
NC
7045@ifset RX
7046@include c-rx.texi
7047@end ifset
7048
11c19e16
MS
7049@ifset S390
7050@include c-s390.texi
7051@end ifset
7052
c0157db4
NC
7053@ifset SCORE
7054@include c-score.texi
7055@end ifset
7056
252b5132
RH
7057@ifset SH
7058@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7059@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7060@end ifset
7061
7062@ifset SPARC
7063@include c-sparc.texi
7064@end ifset
7065
39bec121
TW
7066@ifset TIC54X
7067@include c-tic54x.texi
7068@end ifset
7069
40b36596
JM
7070@ifset TIC6X
7071@include c-tic6x.texi
7072@end ifset
7073
3c9b82ba
NC
7074@ifset Z80
7075@include c-z80.texi
7076@end ifset
7077
252b5132
RH
7078@ifset Z8000
7079@include c-z8k.texi
7080@end ifset
7081
7082@ifset VAX
7083@include c-vax.texi
7084@end ifset
7085
7086@ifset V850
7087@include c-v850.texi
7088@end ifset
7089
e0001a05
NC
7090@ifset XTENSA
7091@include c-xtensa.texi
7092@end ifset
7093
252b5132
RH
7094@ifset GENERIC
7095@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7096@raisesections
7097@end ifset
7098
7099@node Reporting Bugs
7100@chapter Reporting Bugs
7101@cindex bugs in assembler
7102@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7103
a4fb0134 7104Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7105
7106Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7107not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7108entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7109Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7110
7111In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7112information that enables us to fix the bug.
7113
7114@menu
7115* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7116* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7117@end menu
7118
7119@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7120@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7121@cindex bug criteria
7122
7123If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7124
7125@itemize @bullet
7126@cindex fatal signal
7127@cindex assembler crash
7128@cindex crash of assembler
7129@item
7130If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7131@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7132
7133@cindex error on valid input
7134@item
a4fb0134 7135If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7136
7137@cindex invalid input
7138@item
a4fb0134 7139If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7140is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7141be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7142
7143@item
7144If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7145of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7146@end itemize
7147
7148@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7149@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7150@cindex bug reports
7151@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7152
7153A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7154you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7155contact that organization first.
7156
7157You can find contact information for many support companies and
7158individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7159distribution.
7160
ad22bfe8 7161@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7162In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7163to @value{BUGURL}.
7164@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7165
7166The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7167@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7168fact or leave it out, state it!
7169
7170Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7171and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7172name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7173not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7174happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7175perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7176the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7177give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7178and the most helpful.
7179
7180Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7181it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7182that the bug has not been reported previously.
7183
7184Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7185bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7186respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7187You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7188
7189To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7190
7191@itemize @bullet
7192@item
a4fb0134 7193The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7194it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7195
7196Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7197the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7198
7199@item
a4fb0134 7200Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7201
7202@item
7203The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7204version number.
7205
7206@item
a4fb0134 7207What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7208``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7209
7210@item
7211The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7212observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7213all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7214
7215If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7216and then we might not encounter the bug.
7217
7218@item
7219A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7220the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7221high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7222when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7223the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7224file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7225@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7226
7227@item
7228A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7229incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7230
a4fb0134 7231Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7232will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7233notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7234make a mistake.
7235
7236Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7237explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7238@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7239library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7240would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7241would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7242expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7243observations.
7244
7245@item
a4fb0134 7246If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7247diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7248option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7249discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7250by line number.
7251
7252The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7253sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7254@end itemize
7255
7256Here are some things that are not necessary:
7257
7258@itemize @bullet
7259@item
7260A description of the envelope of the bug.
7261
7262Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7263which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7264changes will not affect it.
7265
7266This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7267will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7268with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7269We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7270
7271Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7272of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7273output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7274less time, and so on.
7275
7276However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7277report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7278
7279@item
7280A patch for the bug.
7281
7282A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7283the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7284a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7285to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7286
a4fb0134 7287Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7288construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7289the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7290one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7291
7292And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7293patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7294help us to understand.
7295
7296@item
7297A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7298
7299Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7300things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7301@end itemize
7302
7303@node Acknowledgements
7304@chapter Acknowledgements
7305
653cfe85 7306If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7307it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12
RM
7308maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7309@c (January 1994),
252b5132
RH
7310the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7311
7312Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7313more details?}
7314
7315Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7316information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7317extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7318
7319K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7320many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7321up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7322testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7323including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7324and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7325support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7326port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7327file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7328assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7329
7330Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7331in format-specific I/O modules.
7332
7333The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7334has done much work with it since.
7335
7336The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7337
7338Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7339
7340The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7341University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7342
7343Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7344(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7345(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7346support a.out format.
7347
7be1c489
AM
7348Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7349tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7350Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7351use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7352targets.
7353
7354John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7355simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7356updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7357fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7358remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7359cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7360required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7361
7362Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
736368k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7364added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7365PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7366
653cfe85 7367Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7368
7369Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7370
7371Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7372along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7373formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7374the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7375
7376Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7377Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7378Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7379Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7380and some initial 64-bit support).
7381
c1253627 7382Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7383
252b5132
RH
7384Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7385support for openVMS/Alpha.
7386
39bec121
TW
7387Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7388flavors.
7389
e0001a05 7390David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7391Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7392
252b5132
RH
7393Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7394configuration enhancements.
7395
84e94c90
NC
7396Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7397
252b5132
RH
7398Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7399you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7400want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7401intentionally leaving anyone out.
7402
793c5807
NC
7403@node GNU Free Documentation License
7404@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7405@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7406
370b66a1
CD
7407@node AS Index
7408@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7409
7410@printindex cp
7411
252b5132
RH
7412@bye
7413@c Local Variables:
7414@c fill-column: 79
7415@c End:
This page took 0.948785 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.